15.04.2015 Views

Type B Vital Relays - Alstom

Type B Vital Relays - Alstom

Type B Vital Relays - Alstom

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong><br />

Copyright © 1995, 1996, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007<br />

<strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.<br />

B1<br />

B2<br />

Operation and Maintenance Manual<br />

P1457


<strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong><br />

Copyright © 1995, 1996, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007<br />

<strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.<br />

B1<br />

B2<br />

Operation and Maintenance Manual<br />

<strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.<br />

P1457, Rev. November 2007, Printed in U.S.A.


LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES<br />

P1457, <strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong> Operation and Maintenance Manual<br />

ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: May 1995<br />

CURRENT REVISION AND DATE: November 2007<br />

CURRENT CHANGE AND DATE: November 2007<br />

− Update Biased-Neutral Relay Test Procedure<br />

PAGE<br />

Cover<br />

Title page<br />

Preface<br />

i thru viii<br />

CHANGE OR REVISION LEVEL<br />

Nov/07<br />

Nov/07<br />

Nov/07<br />

Nov/07<br />

1–1 thru 1–16 Nov/07<br />

2–1 thru 2–50 Nov/07<br />

3–1 thru 3–16 Nov/07<br />

4–1 thru 4–22 Nov/07<br />

5–1 thru 5–10 Nov/07<br />

6–1 thru 6–28 Nov/07<br />

7–1 thru 7–68 Nov/07<br />

A–1 thru A–16 Nov/07<br />

B–1 thru B–4 Nov/07<br />

C–1 thru C–8 Nov/07<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


PREFACE<br />

NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION<br />

Information contained herein is confidential and is the property of <strong>Alstom</strong><br />

Signaling Incorporated. Where furnished with a proposal, the recipient<br />

shall use it solely to evaluate the proposal. Where furnished to customer, it<br />

shall be used solely for the purposes of inspection, installation or<br />

maintenance. Where furnished to a supplier, it shall be used solely in the<br />

performance of the contract. The information shall not be used or<br />

disclosed by the recipient for any other purposes whatsoever.<br />

FOR QUESTIONS AND INQUIRIES, CONTACT CUSTOMER SERVICE AT<br />

1–800–717–4477<br />

OR<br />

WWW.ALSTOMSIGNALINGSOLUTIONS.COM<br />

ALSTOM SIGNALING INC.<br />

1025 JOHN STREET<br />

WEST HENRIETTA, NY 14586<br />

REVISION LOG<br />

Revision Date Description By Checked Approved<br />

0 May 1995 Original Issue<br />

1 March 1996 Update illustrations JF RD NI<br />

2 October 2001 Update illustrations JF RD NI<br />

3 September 2003 Update parts TS RD NI<br />

4 April 2004 Update style MAS RD NI<br />

5 September 2006 Update Installation<br />

Procedure, Appendix<br />

A, Parts Catalog and<br />

style; add AC<br />

Microchron II Timer<br />

Relay and Appendix C<br />

MAS RD<br />

JP<br />

NI<br />

6 November 2007 Update Biased-Neutral<br />

Relay Test Procedure<br />

MAS MR NI<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


ABOUT THE MANUAL<br />

This manual is intended to provide the necessary information to maintain and ensure<br />

proper operation of <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong>.<br />

The information in this manual is arranged into sections. The title and a brief description<br />

of each section follow:<br />

Section 1 – GENERAL DESCRIPTION: This section gives general information on the<br />

components of <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong>.<br />

Section 2 – THEORY OF OPERATION: This section gives general information on the<br />

operation of <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong>.<br />

Section 3 – INSTALLATION: This section describes the field installation and setup of<br />

<strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong>.<br />

Section 4 – PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE: This section describes the preventive<br />

maintenance procedures performed on <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong>.<br />

Section 5 – TROUBLESHOOTING: This section describes possible failures/symptoms<br />

along with the corrective action for <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong>.<br />

Section 6 – PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE: This section describes the testing and<br />

adjustment procedures associated with corrective maintenance of <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong><br />

<strong>Relays</strong>.<br />

Section 7 – PARTS CATALOG: This section identifies and lists the spare parts<br />

associated with <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong>.<br />

Appendix A – RELAY ENGINEERING DATA (ED) SHEET LIST: This section identifies<br />

the engineering data sheets for <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong>.<br />

Appendix B – GLOSSARY: This section contains a glossary of terms used in this<br />

manual.<br />

Appendix C – TOOLS AND KITS: This section summarizes the tools and tool kit used<br />

for B relay installation, maintenance, and troubleshooting.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


MANUAL SPECIAL NOTATIONS<br />

In the <strong>Alstom</strong> manuals, there are three methods used to convey special informational<br />

notations to the reader. These notations are warnings, cautions, and notes. Both<br />

warnings and cautions are readily noticeable by boldface type two lines beneath the<br />

caption.<br />

Warning<br />

A warning is the most important notation to heed. A warning is used to tell the reader<br />

that special attention needs to be paid to the message because if the instructions or<br />

advice is not followed when working on the equipment then the result could be either<br />

serious harm or death. The sudden, unexpected operation of a switch machine, for<br />

example, or the technician contacting the third rail could lead to personal injury or death.<br />

An example of a typical warning notice follows:<br />

Caution<br />

WARNING<br />

DISCONNECT MOTOR ENERGY WHENEVER WORKING ON SWITCH<br />

LAYOUT OR SWITCH MACHINE. UNEXPECTED OPERATION OF<br />

MACHINE COULD CAUSE INJURY FROM OPEN GEARS, ELECTRICAL<br />

SHOCK, OR MOVING SWITCH POINTS.<br />

A caution statement is used when an operating or maintenance procedure, practice,<br />

condition, or statement, which if not strictly adhered to, could result in damage to or<br />

destruction of equipment. A typical caution found in a manual is as follows:<br />

Note<br />

CAUTION<br />

Turn power off before attempting to remove or insert circuit boards into a<br />

module. Boards can be damaged if power is not turned off.<br />

A note is normally used to provide minor additional information to the reader to explain<br />

the reason for a given step in a test procedure or to provide a background detail. An<br />

example of the use of a note follows:<br />

NOTE<br />

A capacitor may be mounted on the circuit board with a RTV adhesive.<br />

Use the same color RTV.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Topic<br />

TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />

Page<br />

1. SECTION 1 – GENERAL DESCRIPTION ........................................................1–1<br />

1.1. INTRODUCTION TO VITAL RELAYS .........................................................1–1<br />

1.2. RELAY CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS...................................1–2<br />

1.2.1. Size .........................................................................................................1–2<br />

1.2.2. Identification ............................................................................................1–3<br />

1.2.3. Relay Prongs and Plugboard...................................................................1–5<br />

1.2.4. Mounting..................................................................................................1–7<br />

1.2.5. Registration .............................................................................................1–8<br />

1.2.6. Insulators.................................................................................................1–9<br />

1.2.7. Terminals...............................................................................................1–10<br />

1.2.8. Guide Rods............................................................................................1–14<br />

1.2.9. Wiring ....................................................................................................1–14<br />

1.2.10. Relay Contacts ......................................................................................1–15<br />

1.2.11. Coils ......................................................................................................1–15<br />

2. SECTION 2 – THEORY OF OPERATION........................................................2–1<br />

2.1. GENERAL ...................................................................................................2–1<br />

2.2. RELAY CONTACTS AND COILS................................................................2–3<br />

2.2.1. Definitions................................................................................................2–3<br />

2.2.2. Contact Groups .......................................................................................2–3<br />

2.2.3. Coils ........................................................................................................2–9<br />

2.3. BIASED-NEUTRAL TRACK RELAYS .......................................................2–13<br />

2.4. DC LINE RELAYS .....................................................................................2–15<br />

2.4.1. Neutral Line Relay .................................................................................2–15<br />

2.4.2. Biased-Neutral Line Relay.....................................................................2–16<br />

2.4.3. Magnetic-Stick Line Relay .....................................................................2–18<br />

2.4.4. Microchron II Timer <strong>Relays</strong>....................................................................2–21<br />

2.5. DC SPECIAL PURPOSE RELAYS............................................................2–29<br />

2.5.1. Highway Crossing Signal Flasher Relay................................................2–29<br />

2.5.2. Power-Transfer Relay............................................................................2–30<br />

2.5.3. Lamp-Control Relay...............................................................................2–32<br />

2.5.4. Switch-Overload Relay ..........................................................................2–33<br />

2.5.5. Code-Responsive Relay........................................................................2–34<br />

2.5.6. Code Rate Transmitter Relay ................................................................2–37<br />

2.5.7. Code-Following, VTB Relay...................................................................2–39<br />

2.6. AC TRACK RELAYS .................................................................................2–44<br />

2.6.1. Vane Relay............................................................................................2–44<br />

3. SECTION 3 – INSTALLATION.........................................................................3–1<br />

3.1. GENERAL ...................................................................................................3–1<br />

3.2. RELAY INSTALLATION TOOLS AND SUPPLIES ......................................3–1<br />

3.3. INSPECTION...............................................................................................3–1<br />

3.4. INSTALLATION ...........................................................................................3–2<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 i <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Topic<br />

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)<br />

Page<br />

4. SECTION 4 – PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE .................................................4–1<br />

4.1. GENERAL ...................................................................................................4–1<br />

4.2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE INTERVALS ..............................................4–2<br />

4.3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TOOLS......................................................4–3<br />

4.4. RELAY INSPECTION..................................................................................4–3<br />

4.5. ELECTRICAL TESTS..................................................................................4–9<br />

4.5.1. AC Light-Out Relay Test........................................................................4–11<br />

4.5.2. AC Vane Relay Test ..............................................................................4–12<br />

4.5.3. Biased-Neutral Relay Test.....................................................................4–13<br />

4.5.4. Code-Responsive Relay Test ................................................................4–14<br />

4.5.5. Code Rate Transmitter Relay Test ........................................................4–15<br />

4.5.6. Magnetic-Stick Relay Test.....................................................................4–16<br />

4.5.7. Microchron II Timer Relay Test..............................................................4–17<br />

4.5.8. Neutral Relay Test.................................................................................4–18<br />

4.5.9. Polarized Relay Test .............................................................................4–19<br />

4.5.10. Power-Transfer Relay Test....................................................................4–20<br />

4.5.11. Switch-Overload Relay Test ..................................................................4–21<br />

4.6. TIMING TESTS .........................................................................................4–22<br />

4.6.1. Code Rate Transmitter Relay Timing Test ............................................4–22<br />

4.6.2. Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Timing Test .........................................4–22<br />

4.6.3. AC Microchron II Timer Relay Timing Test............................................4–22<br />

5. SECTION 5 – TROUBLESHOOTING...............................................................5–1<br />

5.1. GENERAL PHILOSOPHY ...........................................................................5–1<br />

5.2. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING ..............................................................5–1<br />

5.3. RELAY TROUBLESHOOTING TOOLS.......................................................5–1<br />

5.4. FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING .....................................................................5–2<br />

5.4.1. DC Relay Troubleshooting.......................................................................5–4<br />

5.4.2. AC Vane Relay Troubleshooting .............................................................5–6<br />

5.4.3. Microchron II Timer Relay Troubleshooting.............................................5–8<br />

6. SECTION 6 – CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ................................................6–1<br />

6.1. GENERAL PURPOSE.................................................................................6–1<br />

6.2. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TOOLS.....................................................6–2<br />

6.3. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES.....................................6–2<br />

6.3.1. B Relay Removal and Replacement........................................................6–2<br />

6.4. WIRING AND PLUGBOARD CHANGES.....................................................6–6<br />

6.4.1. Terminal Removal and Installation ..........................................................6–6<br />

6.4.2. Terminal Wiring .......................................................................................6–8<br />

6.4.3. Insulator Removal and Installation.........................................................6–10<br />

6.4.4. Current Test Terminal Wiring.................................................................6–11<br />

6.4.5. Voltage Test Terminal Wiring ................................................................6–12<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 ii <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Topic<br />

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)<br />

Page<br />

6.5. MECHANICAL TEST PROCEDURES.......................................................6–13<br />

6.5.1. Relay Structure Inspection ....................................................................6–14<br />

6.5.2. Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure .........................................6–17<br />

6.5.3. Microchron II Timer Relay Electronics Removal and Replacement .......6–23<br />

7. SECTION 7 – PARTS CATALOG ....................................................................7–1<br />

7.1. GENERAL ...................................................................................................7–1<br />

7.2. PARTS LIST................................................................................................7–1<br />

7.3. B1 NEUTRAL RELAYS ...............................................................................7–2<br />

7.4. B1 BIASED-NEUTRAL RELAYS .................................................................7–3<br />

7.5. B1 CODE-RESPONSIVE RELAY................................................................7–7<br />

7.6. B1 SLOW PICKUP, SLOW-RELEASE AND QUICK CROSSOVER<br />

RELAYS ....................................................................................................7–14<br />

7.7. B1 ELECTRONICALLY DRIVEN HIGHWAY CROSSING RELAY AND FLASHER<br />

MODULE ...................................................................................................7–15<br />

7.8. B2 NEUTRAL RELAY................................................................................7–18<br />

7.9. B2 BIASED-NEUTRAL RELAY .................................................................7–21<br />

7.10. B2 AC VANE RELAY, 2F-2B, TWO POSITION.........................................7–24<br />

7.11. B2 AC VANE RELAY, 4F-4B, TWO POSITION.........................................7–27<br />

7.12. B2 CODE RATE TRANSMITTER RELAY .................................................7–30<br />

7.13. B2 MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY (DC)................................................7–36<br />

7.14. B2 AC MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY ..................................................7–41<br />

7.15. TYPE VTB POLAR-BIASED RELAY .........................................................7–45<br />

7.16. B RELAY CONTACT GROUPS.................................................................7–54<br />

7.17. B RELAY PLUGBOARDS AND INSTALLATION SUPPLIES ....................7–58<br />

7.18. B RELAY REGISTRATION PLATES AND GASKETS...............................7–65<br />

A. APPENDIX A – RELAY ENGINEERING DATA (ED) SHEET LIST ................ A–1<br />

A.1. GENERAL ...................................................................................................A–1<br />

B. APPENDIX B - GLOSSARY............................................................................ B–1<br />

B.1. CONTACT DEFINITIONS............................................................................B–1<br />

B.2. GENERAL DEFINITIONS............................................................................B–2<br />

C. APPENDIX C – TOOLS AND KITS................................................................. C–1<br />

C.1. GENERAL .................................................................................................. C–1<br />

C.2. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND TOOL KITS........................ C–1<br />

C.3. SHOP TEST RACK .................................................................................... C–5<br />

C.4. VANE RELAY TEST UNIT.......................................................................... C–6<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 iii <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Description<br />

LIST OF FIGURES<br />

Page<br />

Figure 1–1. <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B1 and <strong>Type</strong> B2 <strong>Type</strong> <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong>..................................... 1–1<br />

Figure 1–2. B1 Relay Nameplate, Nametag and Test Data Form .............................. 1–3<br />

Figure 1–3. Example B1 Relay Test Data Form......................................................... 1–4<br />

Figure 1–4. Plug Connection...................................................................................... 1–5<br />

Figure 1–5. B1 Plugboard .......................................................................................... 1–6<br />

Figure 1–6. <strong>Type</strong> B Plug Connections........................................................................ 1–7<br />

Figure 1–7. Registration Plates .................................................................................. 1–8<br />

Figure 1–8. Latching Insulator.................................................................................... 1–9<br />

Figure 1–9. Insulator Separates One Contact Terminal From the Other.................. 1–10<br />

Figure 1–10. Current Test Terminal ......................................................................... 1–11<br />

Figure 1–11. Voltage Test Terminal ......................................................................... 1–11<br />

Figure 1–12. Terminal Numbering of <strong>Type</strong> B, Size 1 (B1) DC <strong>Relays</strong>...................... 1–12<br />

Figure 1–13. Terminal Numbering of <strong>Type</strong> B, Size 2 (B2) DC <strong>Relays</strong>...................... 1–13<br />

Figure 1–14. B1 Relay showing Guide Rods and Nuts ............................................ 1–14<br />

Figure 1–15. Relay Contact Components ................................................................ 1–15<br />

Figure 1–16. Coil Terminal Numbers, B1 and B2 Relay (Rear View) ....................... 1–16<br />

Figure 2–1. Typical B1 Relay Components ................................................................ 2–2<br />

Figure 2–2. Heel Contact Engaging Pusher ............................................................... 2–4<br />

Figure 2–3. Three Different Contact Combinations .................................................... 2–4<br />

Figure 2–4. 2 Front (F) and 1 Back (B) Independent Regular Contacts ..................... 2–6<br />

Figure 2–5. 2 Front-Back (FB) Dependent Regular Contacts..................................... 2–6<br />

Figure 2–6. 2 Front-Back (FB) Dependent Heavy-Duty Contacts .............................. 2–7<br />

Figure 2–7. One Front and One Back Independent Heavy-Duty Contacts with Magnetic<br />

Blowouts................................................................................................................ 2–8<br />

Figure 2–8. Coil Construction, One Winding .............................................................. 2–9<br />

Figure 2–9. Coil Construction, Two Windings ............................................................ 2–9<br />

Figure 2–10. <strong>Type</strong> B1 Biased-Neutral Relay, Pre-1991 Cover................................. 2–13<br />

Figure 2–11. <strong>Type</strong> B1 Biased-Neutral Relay, Post-1991 Cover ............................... 2–13<br />

Figure 2–12. Typical B1 Track Relay Wiring ............................................................ 2–14<br />

Figure 2–13. B1 and B2 Neutral Line <strong>Relays</strong> Wiring ................................................ 2–15<br />

Figure 2–14. Voltage of Right Polarity Applied......................................................... 2–16<br />

Figure 2–15. No Voltage Applied.............................................................................. 2–17<br />

Figure 2–16. Voltage of Wrong Polarity Applied....................................................... 2–17<br />

Figure 2–17. Magnetic-Stick Relay, Reverse Position.............................................. 2–18<br />

Figure 2–18. Armature Picked Up with Normal Polarity ........................................... 2–19<br />

Figure 2–19. Armature Held Up By Permanent Magnet's Attraction ........................ 2–19<br />

Figure 2–20. Armature Knocked Down with Reverse Polarity.................................. 2–20<br />

Figure 2–21. B1 Magnetic-Stick Relay Wiring .......................................................... 2–20<br />

Figure 2–22. Microchron II Timer Relay Cover......................................................... 2–21<br />

Figure 2–23. Relay Contacts, Front View................................................................. 2–25<br />

Figure 2–24. AC Microchron II Timer Relay Schematic............................................ 2–25<br />

Figure 2–25. AC Motor Timer Plugboard Wiring Diagram ........................................ 2–27<br />

Figure 2–26. Electronically-Driven Flasher Relay Wiring ......................................... 2–29<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 iv <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Description<br />

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)<br />

Page<br />

Figure 2–27. <strong>Type</strong> S1/4 Half-Wave Rectifier for Power-Transfer Relay ................... 2–30<br />

Figure 2–28. Power-Transfer Relay Wiring .............................................................. 2–31<br />

Figure 2–29. Lamp-Control Relay Wiring ................................................................. 2–32<br />

Figure 2–30. Switch-Overload Relay Wiring............................................................. 2–33<br />

Figure 2–31. Code-Responsive Relay De-energized ............................................... 2–34<br />

Figure 2–32. Code-Responsive Relay Energized..................................................... 2–35<br />

Figure 2–33. Code-Responsive Relay Wiring .......................................................... 2–36<br />

Figure 2–34. Code Rate Transmitter Relay Operation ............................................. 2–37<br />

Figure 2–35. Code Rate Transmitter Relay Wiring................................................... 2–38<br />

Figure 2–36. VTB Plugboard.................................................................................... 2–39<br />

Figure 2–37. Polar-Biased Single Armature Relay................................................... 2–40<br />

Figure 2–38. VTB Relay Energized.......................................................................... 2–41<br />

Figure 2–39. VTB Relay, Two Armatures De-energized .......................................... 2–41<br />

Figure 2–40. VTB Relay, Two Armatures Energized................................................ 2–42<br />

Figure 2–41. VTB Relay Wiring................................................................................ 2–43<br />

Figure 2–42. Vane Relay Structure .......................................................................... 2–44<br />

Figure 2–43. Vane Relay Components .................................................................... 2–45<br />

Figure 2–44. Magnet Movement Drags the Metal Disc ............................................ 2–46<br />

Figure 2–45. Eddy Current Induction by Permanent Magnet ................................... 2–47<br />

Figure 2–46. Local and Track Current Cycles .......................................................... 2–48<br />

Figure 2–47. Parallel Hookup of Windings ............................................................... 2–49<br />

Figure 2–48. Series Hookup of Windings ................................................................. 2–50<br />

Figure 2–49. AC Vane Relay.................................................................................... 2–50<br />

Figure 4–1. Spanner Nut Wrench............................................................................... 4–3<br />

Figure 5–1. DC Relay Does Not Pick ......................................................................... 5–4<br />

Figure 5–2. DC Relay Does Not Release................................................................... 5–5<br />

Figure 5–3. AC Vane Relay Does Not Pick ................................................................ 5–6<br />

Figure 5–4. AC Vane Relay Does Not Release.......................................................... 5–7<br />

Figure 5–5. Microchron II Timer Relay (AC or DC) Does Not Pick............................. 5–9<br />

Figure 5–6. Microchron II Timer Relay (AC or DC) Does Not Release..................... 5–10<br />

Figure 7–1. B1 Neutral <strong>Relays</strong> ................................................................................... 7–2<br />

Figure 7–2. B1 Biased-Neutral <strong>Relays</strong> ....................................................................... 7–3<br />

Figure 7–3. B1 Code-Responsive Relay .................................................................... 7–7<br />

Figure 7–4. B1 Slow Pickup, Slow-Release and Quick Crossover........................... 7–14<br />

Figure 7–5. B1 Electronically Driven Highway Crossing Relay and Flasher Module 7–15<br />

Figure 7–6. B2 Neutral Relay ................................................................................... 7–18<br />

Figure 7–7. B2 Biased-Neutral Relay ....................................................................... 7–21<br />

Figure 7–8. B2 AC Vane Relay, 2F-2B, Two Position .............................................. 7–24<br />

Figure 7–9. B2 AC Vane Relay, 4F-4B, Two Position .............................................. 7–27<br />

Figure 7–10. B2 Code Rate Transmitter Relay ........................................................ 7–30<br />

Figure 7–11. B2 Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) ..................................................... 7–36<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 v <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Description<br />

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)<br />

Page<br />

Figure 7–12. B2 AC Microchron II Timer Relay........................................................ 7–41<br />

Figure 7–13. <strong>Type</strong> VTB Polar-Biased Relay............................................................. 7–45<br />

Figure 7–14. B Relay Contact Groups...................................................................... 7–54<br />

Figure 7–15. B Relay Extra Heavy-Duty (EHD) Contact Group Magnet Detail ........ 7–55<br />

Figure 7–16. B Relay Plugboards and Installation Supplies..................................... 7–59<br />

Figure 7–17. Example Installation Supplies ............................................................. 7–60<br />

Figure 7–18. B Relay Registration Plates and Gaskets............................................ 7–66<br />

Figure C–1. <strong>Alstom</strong> B Relay Tools .............................................................................C–3<br />

Figure C–2. Shop Test Rack ......................................................................................C–5<br />

Figure C–3. Vane Relay Test Unit, Front Panel .........................................................C–6<br />

Figure C–4. Vane Relay Test Unit Circuit with Relay .................................................C–7<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 vi <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Description<br />

LIST OF TABLES<br />

Page<br />

Table 1–1. Relay Sizes and Weights.......................................................................... 1–2<br />

Table 1–2. Plugboard Dimensions ............................................................................. 1–5<br />

Table 2–1. Typical Relay Contact Combinations........................................................ 2–5<br />

Table 2–2. Coil Connections and Timing Characteristics ......................................... 2–11<br />

Table 2–3. AC Microchron II Timer Relay Operating Characteristics ....................... 2–26<br />

Table 2–4. Replaceable AC Motor Timers ............................................................... 2–28<br />

Table 3–1. B Relay Pre-Installation Inspection Procedure ......................................... 3–1<br />

Table 3–2. B Relay Installation Procedure ................................................................. 3–3<br />

Table 3–3. Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Installation Procedure ............................ 3–7<br />

Table 3–4. Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Surge Protection Installation<br />

Procedure............................................................................................................ 3–12<br />

Table 3–5. AC Microchron II Timer Relay Installation Procedure............................. 3–13<br />

Table 4–1. Preventive Maintenance Intervals ............................................................ 4–2<br />

Table 4–2. Typical B1 Relay Visual Inspection Procedure ......................................... 4–4<br />

Table 4–3. Vane Relay Visual Inspection Procedure ................................................. 4–6<br />

Table 4–3. Vane Relay Visual Inspection Procedure (Cont.) ..................................... 4–7<br />

Table 4–4. Microchron II Timer Relay Visual Inspection Procedure........................... 4–7<br />

Table 4–5. Miscellaneous Relay Visual Inspection Procedure ................................... 4–8<br />

Table 4–6. Electrical Test Procedures...................................................................... 4–10<br />

Table 4–7. AC Light-Out Relay Test Procedure ....................................................... 4–11<br />

Table 4–8. AC Vane Relay Test Procedure ............................................................. 4–12<br />

Table 4–9. Biased-Neutral Relay Test Procedure .................................................... 4–13<br />

Table 4–10. Code-Responsive Relay Test Procedure ............................................. 4–14<br />

Table 4–11. Code Rate Transmitter Relay Test Procedure...................................... 4–15<br />

Table 4–12. Magnetic-Stick Relay Test Procedure .................................................. 4–16<br />

Table 4–13. Microchron II Timer Relay Test Procedure........................................... 4–17<br />

Table 4–14. Neutral Relay Test Procedure .............................................................. 4–18<br />

Table 4–15. Polarized Relay Test Procedure........................................................... 4–19<br />

Table 4–16. Power-Transfer Relay Test Procedure ................................................. 4–20<br />

Table 4–17. Switch-Overload Relay Test Procedure................................................ 4–21<br />

Table 5–1. Troubleshooting Symbols ......................................................................... 5–3<br />

Table 6–1. Corrective Maintenance Procedures ........................................................ 6–1<br />

Table 6–2. B Relay Removal and Replacement Procedure ....................................... 6–2<br />

Table 6–3. Terminal Removal Procedure................................................................... 6–6<br />

Table 6–4. Terminal Installation Procedure................................................................ 6–7<br />

Table 6–5. Terminal Soldering Procedure.................................................................. 6–8<br />

Table 6–6. Terminal Crimping Procedure................................................................... 6–9<br />

Table 6–7. Insulator Removal and Installation Procedure ........................................ 6–10<br />

Table 6–8. Current Test Terminal Wiring Procedure................................................ 6–11<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 vii <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Description<br />

LIST OF TABLES (CONT.)<br />

Page<br />

Table 6–9. Voltage Test Terminal Wiring Procedure................................................ 6–12<br />

Table 6–10. Relay Structure Inspection Procedure.................................................. 6–14<br />

Table 6–11. Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure ........................................ 6–17<br />

Table 6–12. Microchron II Timer Electronics Removal Procedure ........................... 6–24<br />

Table 6–13. Microchron II Timer Electronics Replacement Procedure..................... 6–27<br />

Table 7–1. B Relay Drawings and Parts Lists ............................................................ 7–1<br />

Table 7–2. B1 Neutral and Biased-Neutral Relay Part Numbers................................ 7–4<br />

Table 7–3. B1 Code-Responsive Relay Part Numbers ............................................ 7–10<br />

Table 7–4. B1 Slow Pickup, Slow-Release, and Quick-Crossover and Electronically<br />

Driven Highway Crossing Relay and Flasher Part Numbers ............................... 7–16<br />

Table 7–5. B2 Neutral Relay Part Numbers ............................................................. 7–19<br />

Table 7–6. B2 Biased-Neutral Relay Part Numbers ................................................. 7–22<br />

Table 7–7. B2 Vane Relay, 2F-2B, Two Position Part Numbers .............................. 7–25<br />

Table 7–8. B2 Vane Relay, 4F-4B, Two Position Part Numbers .............................. 7–28<br />

Table 7–9. B2 Code Rate Transmitter Relay Part Numbers..................................... 7–32<br />

Table 7–10. B2 Microchron II Timer Relay Part Numbers ........................................ 7–38<br />

Table 7–11. B2 AC Microchron II Timer Relay Part Numbers .................................. 7–42<br />

Table 7–12. VTB Polar Biased Relay Part Numbers................................................ 7–46<br />

Table 7–13. B Relay Coil and Compression Spring Part Numbers .......................... 7–50<br />

Table 7–14. B Relay Contact Group Part Numbers ................................................. 7–56<br />

Table 7–15. B Relay Contact Group Pusher and Clip Part Numbers ....................... 7–57<br />

Table 7–16. B Relay Plugboard and Terminal Board Part Numbers ........................ 7–60<br />

Table 7–17. B Relay Registration Plate and Gasket Part Numbers ......................... 7–67<br />

Table A–1. ED sheets Listed By Catalog Number......................................................A–2<br />

Table A–2. ED sheets Listed By Drawing Number.....................................................A–9<br />

Table C–1. <strong>Alstom</strong> B Relay Tools...............................................................................C–1<br />

Table C–2. B Relay Tools Not Available From <strong>Alstom</strong> ...............................................C–4<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 viii <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1. SECTION 1 – GENERAL DESCRIPTION<br />

1.1. INTRODUCTION TO VITAL RELAYS<br />

For over 70 years, <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling, Inc. has continually perfected the <strong>Type</strong> B relays.<br />

They are the standard relay of the signaling industry. <strong>Type</strong>s B and VTB plug-in relays<br />

meet applicable manual parts of American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of<br />

Way Association (AREMA).<br />

<strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B plug-in relays are used in vital circuits, and are rack-installed in<br />

equipment rooms and in wayside cases and housings. These relays are divided into two<br />

sizes, B1 and B2, as shown in Figure 1–1. Some B relays are energized by DC voltage,<br />

others by AC voltage. A vital relay is designed so that the probability of its failing to<br />

return to a prescribed state when it is de-energized is so low that for all practical<br />

purposes it is considered to be nonexistent.<br />

ALS<br />

ALS<br />

B1 RELAY<br />

B2 RELAY<br />

Figure 1–1. <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B1 and <strong>Type</strong> B2 <strong>Type</strong> <strong>Vital</strong> <strong>Relays</strong><br />

There are more than a dozen types of <strong>Type</strong> B relays, available in about 200<br />

configurations. They are designed to meet the important requirements of safety,<br />

reliability, low maintenance and long operating life. Replacement parts for relays<br />

decades old may still be available should it become necessary to extend their operating<br />

life. <strong>Alstom</strong> furnishes its customers relay application and adjustment instructions, either<br />

as part of a contract or upon request.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–1 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1.2. RELAY CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS<br />

1.2.1. Size<br />

<strong>Type</strong> B relays are made in two sizes, Size 1 and 2, and are referred to as B1 and B2<br />

relays. Two Size 1 relays occupy the same space as one Size 2 relay. Additionally,<br />

there is a special size relay, <strong>Type</strong> VTB code-responsive, which occupies the plugboard<br />

space for a B2 relay, but is not the same depth. Table 1–1 provides exact sizes and<br />

weights.<br />

Table 1–1. Relay Sizes and Weights<br />

Dimensions and Weights Size 1 Size 2 VTB<br />

Height of relay 6-5/16 in. 6-5/16 in. 7-11/16 in.<br />

Width of relay 2-7/16 in. 4-15/16 in. 4-15/16 in.<br />

Depth without plugboard 8-9/16 in. 8-9/16 in. 6-7/16 in.<br />

Depth including plugboard fully wired<br />

(approx.)<br />

15-1/2 in. 15-1/2 in. 13-3/8 in.<br />

Weight of relay with plugboard (weight of<br />

wiring not included)<br />

7 to 10 lbs. 10 to 15 lbs. 6 to 7 lbs.<br />

Weight of plugboard alone without wiring 1 lb. 2 lbs. 2 lbs.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–2 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1.2.2. Identification<br />

All <strong>Type</strong> B relays carry nameplates that contain the drawing number (part number) and<br />

catalog number of the relay. Relay drawing number is also shown on the registration<br />

plates of the relay. When inquiring about a particular relay, always provide the catalog<br />

or drawing number.<br />

The drawing and catalog numbers can be used with the tables in Appendix A to look up<br />

the relay's Engineering Data (ED) Sheet number. The ED sheet contains technical<br />

specifications referenced during some maintenance procedures.<br />

Each B2 Relay has a Test Data Form on the cover and a name plate located inside the<br />

relay, visible from the front of the cover.<br />

Each B1 relay cover contains two recesses to allow attachment of two metalized<br />

polyester film or mylar tags with permanent adhesive:<br />

• a tag for relay operating and testing data<br />

• a tag for circuit nomenclature<br />

B1 <strong>Relays</strong> manufactured prior to 1991 have a different cover than those relays<br />

manufactured after 1991. The most obvious difference is the handle on the front of the<br />

relay. B1 relay nameplate, nametag and test data form locations for relays<br />

manufactured pre and post 1991 are shown in Figure 1–2.<br />

2 PIECE METAL<br />

HANDLE<br />

PLASTIC HANDLE<br />

MOLDED TO COVER<br />

NAMEPLATE<br />

NAMETAG<br />

TEST DATA<br />

FORM<br />

PRE 1991 STYLE<br />

POST 1991 STYLE<br />

Figure 1–2. B1 Relay Nameplate, Nametag and Test Data Form<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–3 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

The information provided on the test data form includes the relay serial number, data<br />

from the specification sheet for the relay, the initials of the <strong>Alstom</strong> employee who tested<br />

the relay, and the date the form was completed.<br />

An example B1 relay test data form is shown in Figure 1–3. This example form includes<br />

the following:<br />

• Space 1 - The serial number as shown on relay nameplate.<br />

• Space 2 - The minimum DROP AWAY (D.A.) value from specification sheet in Amps<br />

for a DC relay or Volts for an AC relay. For example, on a 921-09 relay the space<br />

contains 0.077A for the minimum DROP AWAY. An "A" for Amps should be added<br />

or "VAC" for AC relays.<br />

• Space 3 - The maximum PICKUP (P.U.) value from specification sheet in the same<br />

style as in Space 2.<br />

• Space 4 - The maximum WORKING Current (W.C.) value from specification sheet in<br />

the same style as in Space 2.<br />

• Space 5 - The initials of the <strong>Alstom</strong> employee who tested the relay.<br />

• Space 6 - The date the form was completed in Month/Day/Year format (for example<br />

7/26/94).<br />

SERIAL NO.<br />

D.A.(MIN)<br />

P.U. (MAX)<br />

W.C. (MAX)<br />

INSP.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5 6<br />

DATE<br />

Figure 1–3. Example B1 Relay Test Data Form<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–4 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1.2.3. Relay Prongs and Plugboard<br />

All <strong>Type</strong> B relays plug onto plugboards. Relay contacts and coil(s) are brought out<br />

through the base of the relay as prongs. The plugboard has wedge shaped plug<br />

insulators. There are two terminals per insulator, one on each side. The terminals are<br />

installed from behind the plugboard. See Figure 1–4 for a simplified mating diagram. For<br />

exact dimensions, see Table 1–2.<br />

TOP TERMINAL<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

RELAY<br />

CONTACT<br />

BLOCK<br />

WIRES TO<br />

WIRE HARNESS<br />

RELAY<br />

SPRINGS<br />

INSULATOR<br />

SLIDING<br />

CONTACT<br />

BOTTOM<br />

PRONGS<br />

TERMINAL<br />

Figure 1–4. Plug Connection<br />

Table 1–2. Plugboard Dimensions<br />

Dimension B1 B2<br />

Overall Height 9-7/16 in. 9-7/16 in.<br />

Overall Width 2-1/2 in. 5 in.<br />

Overall Depth 10-1/2 in. 10-1/2 in.<br />

Diameter of mounting holes (clearance for 1/4 in. bolt) 9/32 in. 9/32 in.<br />

Vertical distance between centerlines of mounting holes 8-13/16 in. 8-13/16 in.<br />

There should be about a 5-inch clearance behind a plugboard to give room for wire<br />

distribution in a relay rack.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–5 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

When a relay is plugged in, two relay guide rods align the relay so that all prongs<br />

properly align with their corresponding insulators. The prongs slide onto their respective<br />

plugboard terminals, thus making contact. Figure 1–5 shows a B1 plugboard; including<br />

the location of the relay guide rods.<br />

Because plugboard terminals are connected to the wires in cables behind the<br />

plugboard, no wiring changes are necessary when replacing a <strong>Type</strong> B relay.<br />

TOP WIRE<br />

TERMINAL<br />

16<br />

15<br />

26<br />

25<br />

36<br />

35<br />

36<br />

35<br />

26<br />

25<br />

16<br />

15<br />

6<br />

5<br />

INSULATOR<br />

RELAY<br />

GUIDE<br />

RODS<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

11<br />

24<br />

23<br />

22<br />

21<br />

34<br />

33<br />

32<br />

31<br />

CONTACT<br />

TERMINALS<br />

34<br />

33<br />

32<br />

31<br />

3<br />

24<br />

23<br />

22<br />

21<br />

2<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

11<br />

1<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

BOTTOM<br />

WIRE<br />

TERMINAL<br />

MALE<br />

REGISTRATION<br />

PLATE<br />

3A<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

COIL<br />

TERMINALS<br />

3B<br />

3A<br />

3C<br />

3D<br />

3D<br />

1E<br />

3E<br />

TEST<br />

TERMINALS<br />

3E<br />

1E<br />

FRONT VIEW<br />

REAR VIEW<br />

Figure 1–5. B1 Plugboard<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–6 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1.2.4. Mounting<br />

The B relays plug on to plugboards. The contacts and the coil terminals of the relay<br />

protrude through the base of the relay as prongs. The plugboard has wedge-shaped<br />

plug insulators with flat metal terminals on the two faces of the wedge. Two rods guide a<br />

relay being plugged in, allowing the pairs of relay prongs to meet with corresponding<br />

wedges, spreading the prongs apart. The prongs slide onto the respective plugboard<br />

terminals making contact as shown in Figure 1–6.<br />

CONTACT BLOCK<br />

IN RELAY<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

CONTACT PRONGS<br />

TERMINAL<br />

Figure 1–6. <strong>Type</strong> B Plug Connections<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–7 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1.2.5. Registration<br />

Registration plates prevent plugging a relay into the wrong place in a rack or module.<br />

Figure 1–7 shows two registration plates, one with holes, the other with pins. The plate<br />

with holes is attached to the base of the relay. The plate with pins is attached to the<br />

plugboard. If a relay that does not belong on the plugboard should be slipped on the<br />

guide rods, it is prevented from making contact with the terminals in the plugboard<br />

because the registration pins and holes do not correspond with one another.<br />

16<br />

15<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

11<br />

26<br />

25<br />

24<br />

23<br />

22<br />

21<br />

36<br />

35<br />

34<br />

33<br />

32<br />

31<br />

MALE<br />

REGISTRATION<br />

PLATE<br />

3A<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3D<br />

FEMALE<br />

REGISTRATION<br />

FEMALE<br />

REGISTRATION PLATE<br />

PLATE<br />

RELAY<br />

1E<br />

3E<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

Figure 1–7. Registration Plates<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–8 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

The registration feature takes care of six important differences in relays:<br />

• Differences in timing<br />

• Differences in contact arrangement<br />

• Differences in contact opening<br />

• Differences between track and line relays<br />

• Differences in coil resistance<br />

• Differences in coil arrangement<br />

1.2.6. Insulators<br />

Insulators are made of molded plastic and fit into slots in the plugboard. Each insulator<br />

is held in place by a locking latch molded into a spring beam on one side of the insulator<br />

as shown in Figure 1–8. An extractor tool must be used to remove the terminals prior to<br />

removing the insulators. To release the insulator so that it can be pulled out of the<br />

plugboard, squeeze the spring beam and push the insulator towards the front of the<br />

plugboard.<br />

There are 11 insulators in a B1 plugboard and up to 20 in a B2 plugboard.<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

SPRING BEAM<br />

SQUEEZE TOWARDS<br />

INSULATOR TO RELEASE<br />

INSULATOR<br />

INSULATORS<br />

EXTRACTOR<br />

CRIMP WIRES TO<br />

TERMINAL CONNECTIONS<br />

Figure 1–8. Latching Insulator<br />

NOTE<br />

An integral beam latch secures the insulator to the plugboard.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–9 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1.2.7. Terminals<br />

B relay plugboards contain contact terminals, coil terminals and test terminals as shown<br />

in Figure 1–5. There are two types of terminals, solder terminals and crimp terminals.<br />

Refer to Section 3, Installation, for installation supplies.<br />

1.2.7.1. Contact Terminals<br />

There are two contact terminals per insulator, one on the top and one on the bottom as<br />

shown in Figure 1–9. Each terminal is completely insulated from the adjacent one, by<br />

either the insulator or the wall of plastic material that surrounds each insulator and<br />

terminal assembly.<br />

TOP TERMINAL<br />

(SOLDER TYPE)<br />

RELAY CONTACT END<br />

TOP TERMINAL<br />

(CRIMP TYPE)<br />

INSULATOR<br />

WIRE CONNECTOR END<br />

BOTTOM TERMINAL<br />

(SOLDER TYPE)<br />

BOTTOM TERMINAL<br />

(CRIMP TYPE)<br />

Figure 1–9. Insulator Separates One Contact Terminal From the Other<br />

The terminal slips into place from behind the plugboard. First, the wire is connected to<br />

the terminal; then the terminal is pushed into the proper slot in the plugboard.<br />

On B1 plugboards, there are slots for 18 contact terminals for circuits through relay<br />

contacts and 4 for circuits through the coils. On B2 plugboards, there are slots for 36<br />

contact terminals and 4 coil terminals.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–10 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1.2.7.2. Test Terminals<br />

A current test terminal is provided on the plugboard directly under the relay, as shown in<br />

Figure 1–10, to allow the checking of current flow through the relay coils.<br />

NOTE<br />

Not all relay plugboards are equipped with a current and voltage test<br />

terminal.<br />

FRONT<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

HALF<br />

NUT<br />

TO CABLE<br />

HARNESS<br />

B2<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

1E<br />

6E<br />

INSULATING<br />

BUSHING<br />

TERMINAL<br />

POST<br />

SPANNER<br />

NUT<br />

B1<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

1E<br />

3E<br />

CURRENT TEST<br />

TERMINALS<br />

COPPER<br />

STRAP<br />

CURRENT TEST TERMINAL<br />

TO RELAY<br />

COIL TERMINAL<br />

CIRCUIT SYMBOL<br />

Figure 1–10. Current Test Terminal<br />

A voltage test terminal is provided on the plugboard next to the current test terminal, as<br />

shown in Figure 1–11, to allow the checking of voltage across the relay coils.<br />

FRONT<br />

TO CABLE<br />

HARNESS<br />

1E<br />

6E<br />

B2 PLUGBOARD<br />

TO COIL<br />

TERMINAL<br />

B1 PLUGBOARD<br />

1E<br />

3E<br />

VOLTAGE TEST TERMINAL<br />

CIRCUIT SYMBOL<br />

VOLTAGE TEST<br />

TERMINAL<br />

Figure 1–11. Voltage Test Terminal<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–11 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1.2.7.3. Numbering of Contacts and Plugboard Terminals<br />

From the front of the relay, the vertical columns of contacts and their plugboard<br />

terminals are numbered 1, 2, 3, etc. from left to right. The contact springs in each row<br />

are numbered from bottom to top 1, 2, 3, etc. These numbers are molded into the<br />

plugboard adjacent to the slots. Thus, all contact terminal numbers contain two digits,<br />

as shown in Figures 1–12 and 1–13. The first digit indicates the column; the second<br />

indicates the row. For example, terminal 36 is the third column from the left, sixth row<br />

from the bottom. The terminal 23 is the second column from the left, third row from the<br />

bottom.<br />

Only the springs with contacts are numbered. The stops and pressure plate springs are<br />

not numbered.<br />

16<br />

26<br />

36<br />

36<br />

26<br />

16<br />

6<br />

15<br />

25<br />

35<br />

35<br />

25<br />

15<br />

5<br />

14<br />

24<br />

34<br />

34<br />

24<br />

14<br />

4<br />

13<br />

12<br />

23<br />

22<br />

33<br />

32<br />

33<br />

32<br />

23<br />

22<br />

13<br />

12<br />

3<br />

2<br />

11<br />

21<br />

31<br />

31<br />

3<br />

21<br />

2<br />

11<br />

1<br />

1<br />

MALE<br />

REGISTRATION<br />

PLATE<br />

3A<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3B<br />

3A<br />

3C<br />

3D<br />

3D<br />

1E<br />

3E<br />

3E<br />

1E<br />

FRONT VIEW<br />

REAR VIEW<br />

Figure 1–12. Terminal Numbering of <strong>Type</strong> B, Size 1 (B1) DC <strong>Relays</strong><br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–12 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

16<br />

26<br />

36<br />

46<br />

56<br />

66<br />

66<br />

56<br />

46<br />

36<br />

26<br />

16<br />

15<br />

14<br />

25<br />

24<br />

35<br />

34<br />

45<br />

44<br />

55<br />

54<br />

65<br />

64<br />

65<br />

64<br />

55<br />

54<br />

45<br />

44<br />

35<br />

34<br />

25<br />

24<br />

15<br />

14<br />

13<br />

23<br />

33<br />

43<br />

53<br />

63<br />

63<br />

53<br />

43<br />

33<br />

23<br />

13<br />

12<br />

22<br />

32<br />

42<br />

52<br />

62<br />

62<br />

52<br />

42<br />

32<br />

22<br />

12<br />

11<br />

21<br />

31<br />

41<br />

51<br />

61<br />

61<br />

51<br />

41<br />

31<br />

21<br />

11<br />

1C<br />

MALE<br />

REGISTRATION<br />

PLATE<br />

6C<br />

6C<br />

1C<br />

1D<br />

6D<br />

6D<br />

1D<br />

1E<br />

3E<br />

4E<br />

6E<br />

6E<br />

4E<br />

3E<br />

1E<br />

FRONT VIEW<br />

REAR VIEW<br />

Figure 1–13. Terminal Numbering of <strong>Type</strong> B, Size 2 (B2) DC <strong>Relays</strong><br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–13 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1.2.8. Guide Rods<br />

Two guide rods, which extend from the face of the plugboard 8-1/2 inches, help guide<br />

the relay into alignment with the insulators on the plugboard.<br />

Each rod has a knurled nut and a lock nut to secure the relay on its plugboard, as<br />

shown in Figure 1–14.<br />

LOCK NUTS<br />

GUIDE RODS<br />

KNURLED<br />

NUTS<br />

Figure 1–14. B1 Relay showing Guide Rods and Nuts<br />

1.2.9. Wiring<br />

Wires strapped together in cable form are supported behind the plugboard. Each wire is<br />

identified with a tag and then connected to its terminal. The terminal is pushed into its<br />

slot in the plugboard and locked in place.<br />

The plugboard back can accommodate the mounting of a two-post terminal block as<br />

shown in Figure 1–16. This can be used to terminate coil leads where coils in a relay<br />

are circuited independent of one another.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–14 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1.2.10. Relay Contacts<br />

<strong>Relays</strong> are furnished with specific contact arrangements. In all relays, the contacts are<br />

leaf springs molded in blocks. Each block is called a contact group. One end of the<br />

spring is formed into a prong, which makes contact with the plugboard terminal. The<br />

other end has a contact. Figure 1–15 shows a typical configuration of the relay contact<br />

components.<br />

FRONT<br />

CONTACT<br />

PRESSURE<br />

PLATE<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

CONTACTS<br />

HEEL<br />

STOP<br />

PLATE<br />

Figure 1–15. Relay Contact Components<br />

1.2.11. Coils<br />

On B1 and B2 DC relays, there is space enough on each of the two cores for one fulllength<br />

coil, approximately 4 inches long. Coils shorter than this are used when the cores<br />

are partly filled with copper or aluminum washers or slugs for use in slow-acting relays.<br />

1.2.11.1. Identifying Coil Leads<br />

The two leads of a coil are designated as "in" and "out" leads. From the prong end of a<br />

coil, the IN lead is attached to the prong that is closer to the center of the coil. The OUT<br />

lead is attached to the prong furthest from the center.<br />

If a coil has two windings, the winding nearer the prongs is connected to the prongs.<br />

Leads of the second winding are tagged and have terminals applied.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–15 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


General Description<br />

1.2.11.2. Numbering of Coil Terminals<br />

Two digit coil terminal identifiers consisting of a number and a letter are molded in the<br />

phenolic plugboard. The number is taken from the vertical row in which the terminal is<br />

located. The letter shows its position in that row. Letter A is given to the highest<br />

terminal, letter D to the lowest terminal for B relays. Letter E is use to designate test<br />

terminals. See Figure 1–16.<br />

3A<br />

1C<br />

COIL<br />

TERMINALS<br />

3B<br />

3D<br />

3C<br />

1D<br />

SPARE TERMINAL<br />

BLOCK<br />

(P/N 46048-053-01)<br />

IF SO EQUIPPED<br />

6D<br />

6C<br />

1C<br />

1D<br />

COIL<br />

TERMINALS<br />

3E<br />

1E<br />

TEST<br />

TERMINALS<br />

6E<br />

1E<br />

TEST<br />

TERMINALS<br />

B1<br />

B2<br />

Figure 1–16. Coil Terminal Numbers, B1 and B2 Relay (Rear View)<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 1–16 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2. SECTION 2 – THEORY OF OPERATION<br />

2.1. GENERAL<br />

This section covers the functions of <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B relays.<br />

B relays contain various arrangements of contacts and coils. Information is presented<br />

as follows:<br />

• Relay Contacts and Coils<br />

• B1 <strong>Relays</strong><br />

• B2 <strong>Relays</strong><br />

Figure 2–1 identifies typical B1 relay components. Some type B2 relays look very<br />

similar to the typical B1 relay shown, others do not. See the B2 relay discussions for<br />

relay descriptions.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–1 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

COMPRESSION SPRING<br />

COVER<br />

COIL SPRING STUD<br />

ARMATURE STOP SCREW<br />

BRIDGE OR ARM. EXTENSION<br />

PUSHER<br />

BACK CONTACT<br />

HEEL CONTACT<br />

FRONT CONTACT<br />

CONTACT PRONGS<br />

BASE<br />

CONTACT GROUP<br />

PRESSURE PLATES<br />

STOP PLATES<br />

PUSHER JAW<br />

PUSHER RETAINING CLIPS<br />

ROLLER ON FINGER<br />

ARMATURE<br />

ARMATURE<br />

RETAINING<br />

PLATE<br />

ADJ. NUT<br />

LOCK NUT<br />

YOKE<br />

NUT<br />

ARMATURE<br />

BEARING<br />

PLATE<br />

NAME<br />

PLATE<br />

SAFETY<br />

PIN<br />

COIL<br />

REGISTRATION COIL<br />

PLATES PRONGS<br />

ADJUSTABLE RESIDUAL SCREW<br />

CORE<br />

NOTE: SOME PARTS MAY DIFFER IN DETAIL FROM THOSE SHOWN ABOVE BUT NAME<br />

DESIGNATION REMAINS THE SAME.<br />

Figure 2–1. Typical B1 Relay Components<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–2 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.2. RELAY CONTACTS AND COILS<br />

2.2.1. Definitions<br />

The following terms are used in the descriptions of how relay contacts operate:<br />

• Front -Relay contact that is open when relay is de-energized.<br />

• Heel - Contact that is driven by pusher.<br />

• Back - Relay contact that is made when relay is de-energized (normally closed).<br />

• Make - Specified dimension that will cause all front or back contacts to be just made<br />

(closed) when a gauge of the specific dimension is inserted between the armature<br />

residual screw and core face with the relay energized.<br />

• Break - All front or back contacts are just open when a gauge of a specific<br />

dimension is inserted between the armature residual screw and the core face with<br />

the relay de-energized.<br />

• Break-before-make - In a dependent front-heel-back contact, the back contact will<br />

break before the front contact makes as the relay is energized.<br />

• Makes-before-break - In a dependent front-heel-back contact, the front contact will<br />

make before the back contact breaks.<br />

A complete glossary of terms used in this manual is available in Appendix B.<br />

2.2.2. Contact Groups<br />

There are typically six springs per contact group, furnished in various combinations of<br />

contacts. The AC Vane Relay contact groups contain four springs.<br />

Springs are furnished for each group in various combinations of contacts. For example,<br />

a contact group can have two dependent front-back (FB) contacts or three independent<br />

contacts (front or back).<br />

• A dependent FB contact uses three springs, one for the stationary front (F), one for<br />

the stationary back (B), and one for the movable heel.<br />

• An independent contact uses two springs, one for the stationary contact (front or<br />

back), and one for the movable heel.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–3 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

The relay armature, as shown in Figure 2–2, has a bridge attached to it, which engages<br />

a pusher. The pusher engages a roller on the heel contact to move the heel contact up<br />

or down in response to the movement of the relay armature.<br />

HEEL CONTACT<br />

ROLLER<br />

ARMATURE<br />

BRIDGE<br />

PUSHER<br />

Figure 2–2. Heel Contact Engaging Pusher<br />

Typical contact groups are shown in Figure 2–3.<br />

2 Front-Back (FB) Dependent Contacts 1 Front (F) 2 Back (B) Independent Contacts<br />

3 Back (B) Independent Contacts<br />

Figure 2–3. Three Different Contact Combinations<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–4 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.2.2.1. Contact Combinations<br />

A B1 relay has space for three contact groups. For example, a relay with 6 front-back<br />

dependent contacts has three groups, each with 2 front-back contacts. A relay with 4<br />

front-back dependent contacts and 2 front and 1 back independent contacts also has<br />

three groups, two with 2 front-back dependent contacts, and one with 2 front and 1 back<br />

independent contacts.<br />

A typical B2 relay has space for six contact groups. For example, a relay with 12 frontback<br />

contacts has six groups, each with 2 front-back contacts. The B2 AC Vane relay<br />

has a different configuration with space for four contact groups.<br />

Table 2–1 shows the contact combinations normally furnished with B relays. For the<br />

configuration of specific arrangements, see Section 7.<br />

Table 2–1. Typical Relay Contact Combinations<br />

<strong>Type</strong><br />

B1 <strong>Relays</strong><br />

(3 Contact Groups)<br />

B2 <strong>Relays</strong><br />

(6 Contact Groups)<br />

B2 Vane <strong>Relays</strong><br />

(4 Contact Groups)<br />

Neutral 2FB, 4FB, 4F-2B, 12FB<br />

4FB-2F-1B, 6FB<br />

Biased-Neutral 4FB-2F-1B, 6FB 8FB-4F-2B, 12FB<br />

Magnetic-Stick 4 NR<br />

Power-Transfer 2FB, 6FB<br />

Light-Out 4FB, 4F-2B, 6FB<br />

AC Vane<br />

2FB, 4FB<br />

FB<br />

Front-Back Dependent Contact<br />

F<br />

Front Independent Contact<br />

B<br />

Back Independent Contact<br />

NR<br />

Normal-Reverse Dependent Contact<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–5 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.2.2.2. Regular Contacts<br />

Contacts for regular service are rated for a resistance load of 4 amperes continuously.<br />

Front contacts are silver-impregnated-carbon to silver; back contacts are silver to silver.<br />

See Figures 2–4 and 2–5.<br />

FRONT CONTACT SILVER<br />

IMPREGNATED CARBON<br />

HEEL SILVER<br />

BACK CONTACT SILVER<br />

Figure 2–4. 2 Front (F) and 1 Back (B) Independent Regular Contacts<br />

Figure 2–5. 2 Front-Back (FB) Dependent Regular Contacts<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–6 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.2.2.3. Heavy-Duty Contacts<br />

Heavy-duty contacts, shown in Figure 2–6, are commonly used in circuits of the first and<br />

second voltage ranges where the continuous resistive load current is more than four<br />

amperes. The first voltage range is 30 volts or less; the second voltage range is over 30<br />

volts to 175 volts inclusive. Front contacts are usually Silver-Impregnated-Carbon to<br />

Silver; back contacts are Silver to Silver.<br />

For the rating of contacts on relays containing heavy-duty (HD) contacts consult the<br />

specific relay's Engineering Data (ED) sheet.<br />

Figure 2–6. 2 Front-Back (FB) Dependent Heavy-Duty Contacts<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–7 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.2.2.4. Contacts with Magnetic Blowouts<br />

Heavy-duty contacts equipped with magnetic blowouts, shown in Figure 2–7, are<br />

generally used in d-c circuits carrying inductive loads where the continuous current is<br />

more than four amperes and where operation is in the second or third voltage ranges.<br />

The third voltage range is over 175 volts to 250 volts inclusive.<br />

For the rating of contacts on relays containing heavy-duty contacts with blowout<br />

magnets (XHD) consult the specific relay's Engineering Data (ED) sheet.<br />

MAGNETIC<br />

BLOWOUT<br />

MAGNETIC<br />

BLOWOUT<br />

Figure 2–7. One Front and One Back Independent Heavy-Duty Contacts<br />

with Magnetic Blowouts<br />

Both front and back contacts are the heavy-duty type just described. Magnets are held<br />

in clips close to the contacts. The effect is to "blow" or disperse the electric arc before it<br />

has a chance to grow and burn. The front contact opening is usually 0.125” minimum for<br />

this type of contact.<br />

Using magnetic blowout contacts sacrifices the space of one contact group in the relay.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–8 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.2.3. Coils<br />

A coil may be made up of one or more separate windings, leads from these windings<br />

being fastened to prongs that engage with the plugboard terminals or to terminals that<br />

go on a binding post within the relay. See Figures 2–8 and 2–9.<br />

A typical coil is wound on a phenolic spool that slips over one core of the relay. Every<br />

coil is identified with its drawing number and nominal resistance.<br />

IN<br />

WINDING DIAGRAM<br />

OUT<br />

IN<br />

OUT<br />

CAP REMOVED<br />

CAP<br />

Figure 2–8. Coil Construction, One Winding<br />

"IN" FOR "A" WINDING<br />

"A"<br />

"B"<br />

"IN" FOR "B" WINDING<br />

"OUT" FOR "A" WINDING<br />

"OUT" FOR "B" WINDING<br />

"A"<br />

WINDING<br />

"B"<br />

WINDING<br />

WINDING DIAGRAM<br />

CAP<br />

IN<br />

OUT<br />

LEADS FOR "B" WDG.<br />

CAP REMOVED<br />

Figure 2–9. Coil Construction, Two Windings<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–9 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.2.3.1. One-Coil <strong>Relays</strong> (Slow Acting <strong>Relays</strong>)<br />

One core of a relay can be completely filled with copper washers or a slug of aluminum<br />

or copper to make the relay slow acting. In this case, only one coil is used to operate<br />

the relay. The more washers used, or the longer the slug, the slower the relay operates.<br />

If the relay is to be slightly slow acting, short coils on the cores usually provide enough<br />

room for the required number of washers or a short slug. If the relay is to be slower<br />

acting, one coil is put on the lower core and a slug is put on the upper core.<br />

The circuit of a one-coil B1 relay is shown in Table 2–2 (3A and 3B). The IN lead of the<br />

coil is connected to the 3C terminal on the plugboard; the OUT lead is connected to the<br />

3D terminal. Positive energy is applied through the current test terminal 3E to terminal<br />

3C.<br />

The circuit for a one-coil B2 relay is shown in Table 2–2 (3A and 3B). The IN lead of the<br />

coil is in contact with the 6C terminal on the plugboard; the OUT lead contacts the 6D<br />

terminal. Positive energy is applied through the current test terminal 6E to terminal 6C.<br />

B2 neutral relays with slugs are rarely used, as there is seldom the need for B2 slowrelease<br />

relays with such large contact capacity.<br />

2.2.3.2. Two-Coil <strong>Relays</strong><br />

In two-coil B1 relays, the upper coil plugs onto terminals 3A and 3B of the plugboard,<br />

the lower coil onto terminals 3C and 3D. Connections between the coils are made on<br />

the back of the plugboard for series, parallel, or single coil operation. The circuits in<br />

Table 2–2 show these possibilities.<br />

In two-coil B2 relays, from the front of the relay, the left-hand coil plugs onto terminals<br />

1C and 1D, the right-hand coil onto terminals 6C and 6D. See Table 2–2 for a brief<br />

explanation of circuit description, timing characteristics and application notes.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–10 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–11 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.<br />

1<br />

Circuit<br />

B1 Relay B2 Relay<br />

E = 2 RI<br />

I<br />

–<br />

3A<br />

R<br />

R<br />

3D<br />

2<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

E = (1/2r)(2I)<br />

2I<br />

– r<br />

3A<br />

r<br />

3B<br />

3D 3C<br />

3A<br />

–<br />

3B<br />

4<br />

–<br />

–<br />

3E<br />

3E<br />

3D 3C 3E + –<br />

3D 3C 3E<br />

3A<br />

3D<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3E<br />

+<br />

+<br />

+ –<br />

+<br />

–<br />

1C R<br />

R<br />

6D<br />

– r<br />

1C r<br />

6D<br />

–<br />

Table 2–2. Coil Connections and Timing Characteristics<br />

1D<br />

6C<br />

1D<br />

6C<br />

6E<br />

6E<br />

6D 6C 6E<br />

+<br />

6D 6C 6E<br />

1C<br />

6D<br />

1D<br />

6C<br />

+<br />

+<br />

+<br />

+<br />

6E<br />

Circuit<br />

Description<br />

Series<br />

Multiple<br />

One coil<br />

separating slugs<br />

on other core<br />

One coil<br />

separating slugs<br />

on other core<br />

Series with<br />

rectifier shunted<br />

across coils<br />

Timing<br />

Characteristics<br />

Pickup normal<br />

Release normal<br />

Pickup fast<br />

Release normal<br />

Release slow: up<br />

to as high as<br />

three (3) seconds<br />

Pickup slow: up<br />

to as high as<br />

three (3) seconds<br />

Pickup normal<br />

Release slow,<br />

but less slow<br />

than 3A or 3B<br />

Notes<br />

I = WORKING current<br />

R = resistance of one coil<br />

E = voltage required to get<br />

full pressure on the front<br />

contact<br />

Voltage across coils is one<br />

half (1/2) the voltage across<br />

the coils of item 1 above<br />

Timing is affected when<br />

controlled over line because<br />

of line drop<br />

Timing is affected when<br />

controlled over line because<br />

of line drop<br />

Do not use in circuits<br />

subject to lightning<br />

Do not energize from a<br />

battery whose other circuits<br />

are subject to lightning<br />

Theory of Operation


P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–12 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.<br />

5<br />

6<br />

–<br />

–<br />

7<br />

–<br />

8<br />

9<br />

–<br />

–<br />

Circuit<br />

B1 Relay B2 Relay<br />

3A<br />

3D<br />

3A<br />

3D<br />

3A<br />

3D<br />

3A<br />

3D<br />

3A<br />

3D<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3E<br />

3E<br />

3E<br />

+<br />

+<br />

+<br />

+<br />

3E<br />

+<br />

3E<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

Table 2–2. Coil Connections and Timing Characteristics (Cont.)<br />

1C<br />

6D<br />

6D<br />

1C<br />

6D<br />

1C<br />

1C<br />

6D<br />

1C<br />

6D<br />

1D<br />

+<br />

6C 6E<br />

6C<br />

1D<br />

6C<br />

1D<br />

1D<br />

6C<br />

1D<br />

6C<br />

6E<br />

6E<br />

+<br />

+<br />

+<br />

6E<br />

+<br />

6E<br />

Circuit<br />

Description<br />

Multiple with<br />

rectifier shunted<br />

across coils<br />

One coil<br />

operating, one<br />

coil shunted<br />

One coil<br />

operating, one<br />

coil shunted<br />

when armature<br />

is picked up<br />

Series with<br />

resistor shunted<br />

across coils<br />

Series with<br />

resistor and<br />

capacitor<br />

shunted across<br />

coils<br />

Timing<br />

Characteristics<br />

Pickup fast<br />

Release slow,<br />

but less slow<br />

than 4<br />

Pickup slow<br />

Release slow,<br />

but less slow<br />

than 4<br />

Pickup normal<br />

Release slow,<br />

but less slow<br />

than 3A, 3B, or 4<br />

Pickup normal<br />

Release slow,<br />

but less slow<br />

than 3A, 3B, or 4<br />

Pickup normal<br />

Release slow,<br />

slower than 3A or<br />

3B, up to ten (10)<br />

seconds<br />

Notes<br />

Do not use in circuits<br />

subject to lightning<br />

Shunt should be applied to<br />

the lower coil of B1 relays to<br />

get the maximum slow<br />

release effect<br />

The lower the resistor, the<br />

slower the relay; takes more<br />

current, will therefore affect<br />

operation of any relays in<br />

series<br />

The greater the capacity of<br />

the capacitor, the slower the<br />

relay; a resistor should<br />

always be used in series in<br />

case the capacitor shorts<br />

Theory of Operation


Theory of Operation<br />

2.3. BIASED-NEUTRAL TRACK RELAYS<br />

All biased-neutral track relays (B1 and B2) have normal pickup and release timing<br />

characteristics. Figures 2–10 and 2–11 illustrate typical B1 biased-neutral relays.<br />

Figure 2–10. <strong>Type</strong> B1 Biased-Neutral Relay, Pre-1991 Cover<br />

Figure 2–11. <strong>Type</strong> B1 Biased-Neutral Relay, Post-1991 Cover<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–13 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

Figure 2–12 shows typical B1 relay wiring.<br />

2 WINDINGS IN PARALLEL<br />

(FRONT VIEW)<br />

16<br />

15<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

11<br />

26<br />

25<br />

24<br />

23<br />

22<br />

21<br />

36<br />

35<br />

34<br />

33<br />

32<br />

31<br />

UPPER COIL<br />

LOWER COIL<br />

I<br />

O<br />

I<br />

O<br />

3A<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3D<br />

(-)<br />

1E<br />

(+)<br />

3E<br />

PLUGBOARD JUMPERS<br />

TO PARALLEL COILS<br />

THICK WIRING IS PLUGBOARD WIRING.<br />

THIN WIRING IS RELAY WIRING.<br />

I ="IN" LEAD<br />

O = "OUT" LEAD<br />

Figure 2–12. Typical B1 Track Relay Wiring<br />

Another application of the biased-neutral function is in the DC high percentage release<br />

track relay that can be used in track circuits up to 20,000 feet long. With its low nominal<br />

resistance of 0.5 ohm (with coils connected in parallel), this B1 relay provides fast, high<br />

shunting sensitivity under poor ballast conditions while giving excellent protection<br />

against foreign current. In addition, this relay will not pick up when 50 times reverse<br />

polarity WORKING current is applied.<br />

The operation of a biased-neutral line relay is discussed under Heading 2.4.2.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–14 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.4. DC LINE RELAYS<br />

2.4.1. Neutral Line Relay<br />

<strong>Type</strong> B neutral line relays are made in both Size 1 and Size 2. They have normal pickup<br />

and release, are available as slow-release, slow pickup, and slow pickup and release.<br />

In the normal pickup and release relays, the coils are full length. In slow-release and<br />

slow pickup relays, coils of shorter lengths are used to make room for slugs on the<br />

cores. In relays where one coil only is used (a full-length slug being on the other core),<br />

the coil is usually placed on the lower core. Figure 2–13 shows coil connections.<br />

2 COILS IN SERIES<br />

B1 NEUTRAL<br />

(FRONT VIEW)<br />

2 COILS IN SERIES<br />

B2 NEUTRAL<br />

(FRONT VIEW)<br />

12 FRONT<br />

BACK SETS<br />

OF CONTACTS<br />

UPPER COIL<br />

LOWER COIL<br />

I<br />

O<br />

I<br />

O<br />

3A<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3D<br />

3E<br />

(–)<br />

1C<br />

(–) I<br />

1D<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

O<br />

JUMPER<br />

TO SERIES COILS<br />

(+)<br />

I<br />

O<br />

6E<br />

6C<br />

6D<br />

(+)<br />

THICK WIRING IS PLUGBOARD WIRING<br />

THIN WIRING IS RELAY WIRING.<br />

I = "IN" LEAD<br />

O = "OUT" LEAD<br />

Figure 2–13. B1 and B2 Neutral Line <strong>Relays</strong> Wiring<br />

Various resistances are available, but the nominal 500-ohm relay is recommended for<br />

most purposes.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–15 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.4.2. Biased-Neutral Line Relay<br />

The biased-neutral line relay is basically a relay with a neutral structure. It is, however,<br />

equipped with a permanent magnet and a leakage strip bridging the cores and placed<br />

between the coils and the armature. The effect on the operation is to allow the relay to<br />

pick up only if voltage of the proper polarity is applied.<br />

In other respects, the relay is essentially like a regular neutral relay. It is built in Sizes 1<br />

and 2.<br />

Figures 2–14 through 2–16 how the relay works.<br />

-<br />

S<br />

VOLTAGE OF<br />

CORRECT<br />

POLARITY<br />

+<br />

N<br />

ARMATURE<br />

PICKS UP<br />

Figure 2–14. Voltage of Right Polarity Applied<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–16 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

S<br />

NO VOLTAGE<br />

N<br />

ARMATURE<br />

DOES NOT<br />

PICK UP<br />

Figure 2–15. No Voltage Applied<br />

+<br />

S<br />

VOLTAGE OF<br />

WRONG<br />

POLARITY<br />

-<br />

N<br />

ARMATURE<br />

DOES NOT<br />

PICK UP<br />

Figure 2–16. Voltage of Wrong Polarity Applied<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–17 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.4.3. Magnetic-Stick Line Relay<br />

Magnetic-stick relays are commonly used in switch control and indication circuits.<br />

Magnetic-stick or "polar stick" relays operate by responding to a change in the direction<br />

of the current flow through their coils. The armature stays in its last operated position<br />

when energy is cut off.<br />

The armature is polarized by two permanent magnets. Internal nominal 150-ohm<br />

resistors can be connected by plugboard jumpers for operation on 2, 10 or 20 volts.<br />

Figures 2–17 through 2–20 show relay operation and different contact closures resulting<br />

from armature movement. Figure 2–21 depicts the normal wiring connections.<br />

R<br />

PUSHER<br />

N<br />

NORMAL<br />

CONTACTS<br />

OPEN<br />

S<br />

N<br />

NO VOLTAGE<br />

ARMATURE<br />

Figure 2–17. Magnetic-Stick Relay, Reverse Position<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–18 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

R<br />

N<br />

NORMAL<br />

CONTACTS<br />

CLOSED<br />

S<br />

N<br />

RECOMMENDED<br />

VOLTAGE TO<br />

POSITION RELAY<br />

NORMAL<br />

Figure 2–18. Armature Picked Up with Normal Polarity<br />

NORMAL<br />

CONTACTS<br />

CLOSED<br />

R<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

NO VOLTAGE<br />

Figure 2–19. Armature Held Up By Permanent Magnet's Attraction<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–19 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

R<br />

N<br />

REVERSE<br />

CONTACTS<br />

CLOSED<br />

S<br />

N<br />

RECOMMENDED<br />

VOLTAGE TO<br />

POSITION RELAY<br />

REVERSE<br />

Figure 2–20. Armature Knocked Down with Reverse Polarity<br />

(FRONT VIEW)<br />

16 26 36<br />

25<br />

24<br />

14 34<br />

13 23 33<br />

22<br />

21<br />

11 31<br />

NORMAL CONTACTS ARE 13, 16, 33 AND 36<br />

REVERSE CONTACTS ARE 11, 14, 31 AND 34<br />

FOR SERIES COIL CONFIGURATION AT 10 VOLTS,<br />

WITH + ON 21 AND - ON 26 AND 23 & 25 JUMPERED<br />

THE NORMAL CONTACTS CLOSE.<br />

WITH - ON 21 AND + ON 26 AND 23 & 25 JUMPERED<br />

THE REVERSE CONTACTS CLOSE.<br />

I<br />

O<br />

I<br />

O<br />

3E<br />

THICK WIRING IS PLUGBOARD WIRING.<br />

THIN WIRING IS INTERNAL RELAY WIRING.<br />

I = "IN" LEAD<br />

O = "OUT" LEAD<br />

Figure 2–21. B1 Magnetic-Stick Relay Wiring<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–20 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.4.4. Microchron II Timer <strong>Relays</strong><br />

The ‘Microchron II® Timer’ is a timing relay mechanism consisting of a timing package<br />

and a relay assembly housed within a B2 relay enclosure. See Figure 2–22.<br />

abcd<br />

LED LOCATION<br />

(DC TIMER)<br />

Handle<br />

PCB SLOT<br />

LED LOCATION<br />

(AC TIMER)<br />

DC TIMER<br />

THUMBWHEEL CUTOUT<br />

AC TIMER<br />

THUMBWHEEL CUTOUT<br />

Figure 2–22. Microchron II Timer Relay Cover<br />

The <strong>Alstom</strong> relay identified as "Microchron II Timer Relay" is a DC relay. <strong>Alstom</strong> also<br />

manufactures the "AC Microchron II Timer Relay," an AC version.<br />

2.4.4.1. Fail-Safe Performance<br />

The <strong>Vital</strong> design of the Microchron II Timer Relay ensures that a time delay interval<br />

shorter than that selected cannot be performed. Component degradation or failure can<br />

only lead to a longer than selected time delay.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–21 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.4.4.2. Microchron II Timer Relay (DC)<br />

Designed to replace existing DC motor timers, the Microchron II Timer Relay possesses<br />

a delay range from 1 second to 19 minute and 59 seconds. The range is adjustable in 1-<br />

second increments. Delay is initiated once input power is applied.<br />

The timing package consists of two printed circuit boards that perform time select and<br />

voltage regulation/relay driver and delay processing operations. The front edge of the<br />

delay processor provides visual indications of the delay sequencing. Those provided<br />

include ‘DELAY COMPLETE’ and ‘TIMING/POWER ON’. The time selection is<br />

accomplished by removing the cover from in front of the thumbwheel select switch<br />

assembly and placing the thumbwheels in the desired position.<br />

Four wires run external to the timer assembly: two wires for input power, that are<br />

terminated on the relay contact block and two wires that are connected to the B relay<br />

coils on the relay assembly. Connections between the timer and relay assemblies are<br />

accomplished using pin and socket type connectors.<br />

The relay mechanism consists of a B1 neutral relay with two series connected coils<br />

each with a nominal DC resistance of 250 ohms. Contact configuration is 3 fronts (silver<br />

impregnated carbon to silver), 2 backs (silver to silver impregnated carbon), and 2 frontback<br />

(silver impregnated carbon to silver, silver to silver).<br />

The Microchron II Timer is normally de-energized. Once power is applied, the<br />

microprocessor begins the vital program. Initially vital functions are tested and data<br />

memory is checked for failures. Next, the time selected on the thumbwheel switches is<br />

scanned and appropriate delay counters are initialized. The delay sequence then<br />

begins. The ‘TIMING/POWER ON’ indicator flashes at one-second intervals as the<br />

delay proceeds. A signature analysis following completion of the delay is a final check<br />

that all operations have been properly performed. Successful performance of the<br />

signature analysis allows the program to enter the vital output routine that provides a 10<br />

kHz signal needed to energize the B relay. The indicator ‘DELAY COMPLETE’ is<br />

illuminated at that time. Slight illumination of the ‘TIMING/POWER ON’ indicator<br />

provides visual indication that power is being applied to the unit.<br />

2.4.4.2.1. Operating Specifications<br />

• Input voltage (DC) : 8V to 31.5 VDC<br />

• Maximum Current Draw: 0.100 Amps @ 15VDC Input<br />

• Relay Maximum PICKUP and WORKING Current: 0.0121 Amps<br />

• Relay Coil Resistance (series connected coils): 500 ohms (Nominal)<br />

• Operating Temperature: -40°C to +70°C<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–22 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.4.4.2.2. Application Considerations<br />

Because the Microchron II timer design is different from that of the DC motor-operated<br />

timer, it always returns to the off position when energy is removed. Thus, it provides full<br />

“set” time from the instant energy is applied. Because of this characteristic, no backcheck<br />

contacts are required.<br />

The Microchron II timer, however, with back-check contacts facilitates its use as a<br />

replacement for the types B2 and KB motor timers without wiring changes. Two backcheck<br />

contacts are in plugboard positions 43-44 and 53-54, as on the <strong>Type</strong> B2 motoroperated<br />

timer. Two front contacts in plugboard positions 45-46 and 55-56, as on the<br />

<strong>Type</strong> B2 motor timer, also permit the Microchron II timer to be a replacement for <strong>Type</strong>s<br />

B2 and KB timer relays if the following WARNING is obeyed:<br />

WARNING<br />

THE MICROCHRON II TIMER MAY NOT BE INTERCHANGEABLE WITH<br />

A MOTOR OPERATED TIMER IN EVERY CIRCUIT APPLICATION.<br />

DIFFERENCES IN OPERATION OF THE MOTOR TIMER BACK<br />

CONTACT REQUIRE CONSIDERATION OF THE CHECK CONTACT<br />

OPERATION IN THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION TO ENSURE THAT THE<br />

SAFETY PERFORMANCE OF THE CIRCUIT IS NOT COMPROMISED.<br />

BACK CONTACTS, OR CHECK CONTACTS, ON THE TYPE B2 AND KB<br />

MOTOR TIMERS OPEN AT THE BEGINNING OF THE TIMING CYCLE.<br />

BACK CONTACTS ON THE MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY OPEN AT<br />

THE END OF THE TIMING CYCLE.<br />

WHILE IT IS DOUBTFUL THAT THERE IS A PROBLEM WITH THE<br />

MAJORITY OF CIRCUITS IN USE, AS AN ADDED SAFETY<br />

PRECAUTION TO PREVENT AN INADVERTENT SUBSTITUTION, THE<br />

MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY HAS A REGISTRATION PLATE<br />

DIFFERENT FROM ANY OTHER TYPE B2 DC MOTOR TIMER.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–23 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.4.4.3. AC Microchron II Timer Relay<br />

The <strong>Alstom</strong> AC Microchron II Timer Relay is a vital time element relay unit consisting of<br />

a standard vital neutral relay structure and a solid-state timer. There are two versions of<br />

this unit. One version operates at 60 Hz and the other version operates at 25 Hz. This<br />

relay is referenced as the 25 Hz version in this manual.<br />

• The 60 Hz unit operates from a nominal 110 Volts root mean square (Vrms) AC at<br />

60 Hz power.<br />

• The 25 Hz unit operates from a nominal 55 Volts root mean square (Vrms) AC at 25<br />

Hz power.<br />

NOTE<br />

To assure safe application of the AC Microchron II Timer Relay 60 Hz unit,<br />

all application circuits must be reviewed by <strong>Alstom</strong> engineering before it<br />

will be approved for use.<br />

For both units, the timing range can be set from 1.0 seconds to 19 minutes 59.9<br />

seconds in 0.1-second increments, with accuracy held to +0.1% of the setting plus a<br />

maximum delay of 0.75 seconds. Normal operating temperature ranges between -40°C<br />

to 70°C (-40°F to 160°F). The primary components of the AC Microchron II Timer Relay<br />

are the same for all B relays, including both the 25 Hz and 60 Hz versions of this relay,<br />

see Figure 2–1.<br />

The timer module contains a microcontroller and Complementary Metal Oxide<br />

Semiconductor (CMOS) technology integrated circuits. The timer and relay structure are<br />

housed in a standard <strong>Alstom</strong> <strong>Type</strong> B2 relay enclosure. The unit plugs onto a B2<br />

plugboard.<br />

The vital relay structure of the unit has two series-connected coils. The contacts<br />

available for external use include one front-back 26-25-24 (silver impregnated-carbon to<br />

silver and silver to silver), three fronts 13-14, 15-16, 35-36 (silver impregnated-carbon to<br />

silver), and one back check circuit connected to contacts 11-12 (silver to silver). The<br />

remaining contacts are not available for external use due to the requirement for<br />

backward compatibility with AC Motor Timers and the common registration plate. The<br />

relay contacts are the same for both the 25 Hz and 60 Hz versions of the relay. Figure<br />

2–23 shows a front view of the relay contacts.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–24 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

Group Space- Front View<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1 2 3<br />

Make-before-<br />

Break Contact<br />

Contact read as (Column,Row)<br />

AC in<br />

(Start)<br />

Electrical<br />

Short<br />

4 5 6<br />

Safety<br />

Contacts<br />

Medium Duty<br />

Contacts<br />

Figure 2–23. Relay Contacts, Front View<br />

The unit contains two circuit boards, the Thumbwheel Switch Board and a Timer<br />

Processor Board. The Thumbwheel Switch Board contains a five-section thumbwheel<br />

switch to set the time and an AC to DC converter circuit. The Timer Processor Board<br />

contains a vitally programmed 8-bit microcontroller, low voltage shutdown and<br />

reset/watchdog Integrated Chip (IC), DC to DC converter, secondary reference clock<br />

and vital relay driver. Figure 2–24 is a schematic of relay component interaction.<br />

Relay Contact<br />

Block Assembly<br />

AC input<br />

55<br />

#18 WHITE<br />

56<br />

#18 BLACK<br />

BLACK<br />

OUT<br />

OUT<br />

Top Coil<br />

Bottom Coil<br />

Thumbwheel Switch Board<br />

IN -<br />

RED<br />

IN + RED<br />

3<br />

Timer Processor<br />

Board<br />

1<br />

1<br />

J2-<br />

J2-<br />

2<br />

2<br />

31166-299-01<br />

(110 Vrms/60 Hz)<br />

or<br />

31166-299-02<br />

(55 Vrms/25 Hz)<br />

Unregulated<br />

31166-300-01<br />

DC<br />

3 (110 Vrms/60 Hz) + #18 WHITE<br />

2<br />

or<br />

P2- 31166-353-01 P2-<br />

P2-<br />

P2-- #18 BLACK<br />

1 (55 Vrms/25 Hz) 4<br />

J2-<br />

J2-<br />

4<br />

Figure 2–24. AC Microchron II Timer Relay Schematic<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–25 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

Table 2–3 summarizes the AC Microchron II Timer Relay operating characteristics.<br />

Table 2–3. AC Microchron II Timer Relay Operating Characteristics<br />

Relay 50800-103-01 50800-104-01<br />

Input Voltage<br />

Range<br />

Input Power While<br />

Timing<br />

88 to 135 Vrms, 60 Hz AC 44 to 66 Vrms, 25 Hz AC<br />

11 mA rms at 88 Vrms<br />

18 mA rms at 110 Vrms<br />

44 mA rms at 135 Vrms<br />

23 mA rms at 44 Vrms<br />

54 mA rms at 55 Vrms<br />

161 mA rms at 66 Vrms<br />

Input Power After<br />

Timing with Relay<br />

Energized<br />

26 mA rms at 88 Vrms<br />

27 mA rms at 110 Vrms<br />

45 mA rms at 135 Vrms<br />

52 mA rms at 44 Vrms<br />

61 mA rms at 55 Vrms<br />

148 mA rms at 66 Vrms<br />

The Timer Processor Board interfaces with the Thumbwheel Switch Board through a PC<br />

edge connector. The four-wire connector on the Thumbwheel Switch Board is used to<br />

provide AC power to the AC to DC converter (two wires), and route unregulated DC<br />

power to the Timer Processor Board (two wires).<br />

<strong>Vital</strong> software verifications continuously check the result of the microcontroller’s and<br />

supporting hardware’s functions. The microcontroller electronically energizes the relay<br />

coils after a set time delay interval has been reached. Any interruption of power to the<br />

relay causes the unit to reset and immediately return to the beginning of the timing<br />

interval.<br />

Indicators on the unit include a red LED that pulses during the timing cycle and<br />

becomes steady when the timing cycle is complete. A green LED illuminates at the<br />

completion of the timing cycle.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–26 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.4.4.3.1. Application Considerations<br />

The AC Microchron II Timer Relay has a common registration plate to the AC Motor<br />

Timer. The timer is designed to replace the AC Motor Timers listed in Table 2–4. The<br />

application of the AC Motor Timer used a check circuit wired between contacts 12 and<br />

53. This circuit consisted of two sets of contacts wired in series. The first set of relay<br />

contacts, 11 and 12, is a back check contact of the relay structure. The second set of<br />

contacts, 53 and 63 constitute a back check contact of the motor structure.<br />

Figure 2–25 shows a wiring diagram for the AC Motor Timer Plugboard with the two<br />

sets of contacts wired in series so that if one of them is open, the circuit opens.<br />

Verifying the closure of both sets of contacts verifies the timer has reset and a full timing<br />

cycle runs the next time power is supplied.<br />

NOTE 1: Thin lines represent internal wiring of Relay.<br />

Thick lines represent external Plugboard wiring.<br />

Control<br />

3E<br />

4E<br />

Test Terminal<br />

Check Circuit<br />

Plug Terminals<br />

TIME<br />

16<br />

15<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

11<br />

MBB<br />

26<br />

25<br />

24<br />

23<br />

22<br />

21<br />

36<br />

35<br />

34<br />

33<br />

32<br />

31<br />

46<br />

45<br />

44<br />

43<br />

M<br />

Motor<br />

56<br />

55<br />

54<br />

53<br />

+<br />

Clutch<br />

-<br />

CHECK<br />

66<br />

65<br />

64<br />

63<br />

-<br />

+<br />

Upper Coil<br />

(Slow Release)<br />

Lower Coil<br />

(Operating)<br />

+<br />

-<br />

IN<br />

OUT<br />

IN<br />

OUT<br />

Plugboard Wiring<br />

Figure 2–25. AC Motor Timer Plugboard Wiring Diagram<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–27 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

A jumper on the AC Microchron II Timer Relay has replaced the motor back check<br />

contact that existed between contacts 53 and 63 in the AC Motor Timer. The new AC<br />

Microchron II Timer Relay inherently provides full “set” time from the instant energy is<br />

applied; therefore, no “motor” back check contact is required for this function.<br />

2.4.4.3.2. Replaceable AC Motor Timers<br />

With proper installation, the AC Microchron II Timer Relay can replace certain AC Motor<br />

Timers. Table 2–4 shows the AC Motor Timers it can replace.<br />

WARNING<br />

THE AC MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY MAY NOT BE<br />

INTERCHANGEABLE WITH A MOTOR-OPERATED TIMER IN EVERY<br />

CIRCUIT APPLICATION BECAUSE OF THE FOLLOWING DIFFERENCE<br />

BETWEEN THE TWO TIMERS:<br />

• AC MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY - CHECK CIRCUIT OPENS<br />

AFTER TIME DELAY HAS EXPIRED, AND CLOSES WHEN POWER<br />

IS REMOVED<br />

• AC MOTOR TIMER - CHECK CIRCUIT OPENS AT BEGINNING OF<br />

TIME DELAY AND CLOSES WHEN POWER IS REMOVED<br />

Table 2–4. Replaceable AC Motor Timers<br />

AC Microchron II Timer Relay Part Number<br />

50800-103-01 (60 HZ operation)<br />

50800-104-01 (25 Hz operation)<br />

AC Motor Timer Part Number<br />

56007-050-01<br />

56007-051-01<br />

56007-060-01<br />

56007-061-01<br />

56007-066-01<br />

56007-067-01<br />

56007-067-02<br />

56007-068-01<br />

56007-068-02<br />

56007-062-01<br />

56007-063-01<br />

56007-065-01<br />

56007-069-01<br />

56007-070-01<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–28 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.5. DC SPECIAL PURPOSE RELAYS<br />

2.5.1. Highway Crossing Signal Flasher Relay<br />

The electronically driven highway crossing flasher consists of a <strong>Type</strong> B1 neutral relay<br />

and a solid-state flasher module. The flasher module, attached to energy terminals on<br />

the back of the relays plugboard, establishes and maintains a flashing rate of 48 to 54<br />

flashes per minute (fpm) for highway crossing signals or 56 to 64 fpm for flashing<br />

wayside signal aspects. The drawing number of the flasher module determines the flash<br />

rate. Wiring is shown by Figure 2–26.<br />

(FRONT VIEW)<br />

16<br />

26<br />

36<br />

15<br />

25<br />

35<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

24<br />

23<br />

22<br />

34<br />

33<br />

32<br />

THICK WIRING IS PLUGBOARD WIRING.<br />

THIN WIRING IS RELAY WIRING.<br />

I ="IN" LEAD<br />

O = "OUT" LEAD<br />

11<br />

21<br />

31<br />

I<br />

O<br />

3C<br />

3D<br />

R+<br />

-<br />

+<br />

1E<br />

3E<br />

(-) (+)<br />

Figure 2–26. Electronically-Driven Flasher Relay Wiring<br />

The flasher module drives the <strong>Type</strong> B1 neutral relay that has four dependent front-back,<br />

heavy-duty, lamp-control contacts. Full back contact pressure is maintained while the<br />

relay is not operating.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–29 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.5.2. Power-Transfer Relay<br />

A <strong>Type</strong> B power-transfer relay, built in Size 1 only, is essentially a DC neutral line relay<br />

operating on rectified alternating current. The rectifier (P/N 59899-005-03) is shown in<br />

Figure 2–27.<br />

B RELAY 1E POST<br />

RECTIFIER<br />

B RELAY 1E POST<br />

FRONT<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

Figure 2–27. <strong>Type</strong> S1/4 Half-Wave Rectifier for Power-Transfer Relay<br />

While AC energy is on, the relay stays energized. If AC energy fails the relay armature<br />

drops and automatically transfers the circuits to local battery. The percent of release<br />

voltage, found by dividing the DROP AWAY voltage by the PICKUP voltage, is about 75<br />

percent at 70 degrees F. Power-transfer relay coil wiring is shown in Figure 2–28.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–30 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

(FRONT VIEW)<br />

1E<br />

16 26 36<br />

15 25 35<br />

14 24 34<br />

13 23 33<br />

12 22 32<br />

11 21 31<br />

I<br />

O<br />

I<br />

O<br />

3A<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3D<br />

3E<br />

6<br />

(-)<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

(+)<br />

2<br />

1<br />

(-)<br />

12-24 VAC<br />

THICK WIRING IS PLUGBOARD WIRING.<br />

THIN WIRING IS RELAY WIRING.<br />

I = "IN" LEAD<br />

O = "OUT" LEAD<br />

Figure 2–28. Power-Transfer Relay Wiring<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–31 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.5.3. Lamp-Control Relay<br />

<strong>Type</strong> B lamp-control relays, made in Size 1 only, regulate lamp circuits at highway<br />

grade crossings protected by flashing lights. The lamp-control contacts in space 1<br />

handle up to 15 amperes at 12 volts. The regular duty contacts in space 3 are for other<br />

circuits.<br />

When the relay is deenergized, the contact pusher in space 1 drops away from the<br />

lamp-control contact fingers. With this design, oscillations of the armature due to its<br />

striking the stop are not transmitted to the contacts when the relay is de-energized. The<br />

armature is completely disconnected from the contact fingers.<br />

Coil resistance is lower than the resistance of regular line relays to obtain fast pickup,<br />

opening the back contacts as rapidly as possible. Figure 2–29 shows standard wiring<br />

connections.<br />

(FRONT VIEW)<br />

36<br />

LAMP<br />

CONTROL<br />

CONTACTS<br />

15<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

35<br />

34<br />

33<br />

32<br />

REGULAR<br />

FRONT-BACK<br />

CONTACTS<br />

31<br />

I<br />

O<br />

I<br />

O<br />

3A<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3D<br />

(–)<br />

3E<br />

(+)<br />

THICK WIRING IS PLUGBOARD WIRING.<br />

THIN WIRING IS RELAY WIRING.<br />

I = "IN" LEAD<br />

O = "OUT" LEAD<br />

Figure 2–29. Lamp-Control Relay Wiring<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–32 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.5.4. Switch-Overload Relay<br />

The <strong>Type</strong> B1 switch-overload relay picks up on motor overload current through its lowresistance<br />

coil, and sticks up on control circuit energy through its high-resistance coil.<br />

See Figure 2–30 for an example of relay wiring.<br />

(FRONT VIEW)<br />

26<br />

25<br />

24<br />

23<br />

22<br />

21<br />

I<br />

O<br />

I<br />

O<br />

3A<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3D<br />

(–)<br />

(+)<br />

(+)<br />

(–)<br />

HOLD COIL<br />

PICK COIL<br />

THICK WIRING IS PLUGBOARD WIRING.<br />

THIN WIRING IS RELAY WIRING.<br />

I = "IN" LEAD<br />

O = "OUT" LEAD<br />

Figure 2–30. Switch-Overload Relay Wiring<br />

Pickup of the relay releases the switch control relays, thus removing energy from the<br />

switch machine motor. When the polarity is reversed, the stick circuit opens and the<br />

overload relay releases, permitting reversal of the switch movement.<br />

Built-in thermal slow pickup characteristics prevent the relay from operating on normal<br />

starting surges of the switch motor. This feature also permits repeated switch operation<br />

that may dislodge the switch obstruction that is causing the overload.<br />

Switch-overload relays are available for low- or high-voltage switch machines.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–33 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.5.5. Code-Responsive Relay<br />

<strong>Type</strong> B code-responsive relays are built in Size 1 only. They are made with a light<br />

armature and contact structure so that they respond quickly to pulses of coded energy,<br />

even when the pulse frequency is as high as four pulses per second.<br />

Two types of structures are available. One structure has a maximum of two dependent<br />

front-back contacts and the other has a maximum of four dependent front-back<br />

contacts. The four-contact structure is usually supplied for heavy service, as the contact<br />

design provides more effective non-bounce characteristics.<br />

The relay armature is polarized by two permanent magnets so arranged as to allow the<br />

front contacts to close only if the proper polarity is applied. When the relay is deenergized,<br />

a bias spring, together with magnetic bias, returns the armature to the deenergized<br />

position to close the back contacts. Figures 2–31 and 2–32 show how the<br />

relay works.<br />

TRACK CIRCUIT DEENERGIZED<br />

+ –<br />

CODE TRANSMITTER<br />

SHUNTING RAILS<br />

N<br />

S<br />

Figure 2–31. Code-Responsive Relay De-energized<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–34 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

TRACK CIRCUIT ENERGIZED<br />

+ –<br />

CODE TRANSMITTER<br />

APPLYING BATTERY<br />

TO RAILS<br />

FRONT<br />

CONTACTS<br />

CLOSED<br />

N<br />

S<br />

Figure 2–32. Code-Responsive Relay Energized<br />

Figure 2–33 shows positive energy is connected to 3A and negative to 3C. All other B1<br />

relays have positive on 3C and negative on 3A. Each contact is connected internally to<br />

the terminal in the base for plug-in connection. Plugboard connections may be on 1 or 2<br />

terminals, depending on current values.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–35 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

(FRONT VIEW)<br />

16<br />

15<br />

14<br />

13<br />

26<br />

25<br />

24<br />

23<br />

12<br />

11<br />

22<br />

21<br />

I<br />

O<br />

I<br />

O<br />

3A<br />

3B<br />

3C<br />

3D<br />

(–)<br />

3E<br />

(+)<br />

THICK WIRING IS PLUGBOARD WIRING.<br />

THIN WIRING IS RELAY WIRING.<br />

I = "IN" LEAD<br />

O = "OUT" LEAD<br />

Figure 2–33. Code-Responsive Relay Wiring<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–36 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.5.6. Code Rate Transmitter Relay<br />

<strong>Type</strong> B code rate transmitter relays are built only in Size 2. This relay has an oscillating<br />

armature secured to a vertical shaft that is supported at both ends by bearings. Affixed<br />

to the upper part of the shaft is one cam. The cam opens and closes sets of contacts.<br />

Below the cam is an armature positioned between two pole pieces. Below the armature<br />

is a spiral spring. These parts form the rotor for the relay.<br />

COIL<br />

D-C VOLTAGE<br />

APPLIED HERE<br />

COIL CONTACT<br />

BACK CODING<br />

CONTACTS<br />

CLOSED ON<br />

POWER STROKE<br />

LOWER CAM<br />

POLE PIECES<br />

UPPER CAM<br />

SHAFT<br />

FRONT CODING<br />

CONTACTS<br />

CLOSED ON<br />

BACK STROKE<br />

WEIGHT DISC<br />

ARMATURE<br />

POSTION<br />

(POWER<br />

STROKE)<br />

ARMATURE POSITION<br />

(BACK STROKE)<br />

ARMATURE<br />

IN DEENERGIZED<br />

POSITION<br />

SPIRAL COIL<br />

SPRING<br />

POWER STROKE<br />

(COUNTERCLOCKWISE)<br />

BACKSTROKE<br />

(CLOCKWISE)<br />

Figure 2–34. Code Rate Transmitter Relay Operation<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–37 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

The lower cam actuates contacts on either side of the cam to alternately open and close<br />

once for each rotor oscillation. Rate of armature oscillation depends on the mass of the<br />

armature and the length of the spiral spring. <strong>Relays</strong> with nominal rates of 50, 75, 120,<br />

180, 220 and 270 cycles per minute are available.<br />

CAUTION<br />

Code rate transmitter relays are shipped with a locked rotor. This lock<br />

must be released before the relay is placed in service. For more<br />

information, see "INSPECTION AND INSTALLATION," Section 3.<br />

Code rate transmitter relays have a single nominal 150-ohm resistance coil that<br />

operates in a 10-volt circuit. A nominal 1000-ohm resistance is shunted across the coil<br />

to absorb the inductive voltage surge, which occurs each time the contact opens the coil<br />

circuit.<br />

In addition, a 0.25 mfd capacitor and a 150-ohm resistor form an RC network that is<br />

shunted across the coil contact to suppress arcing and eliminate electro-magnetic<br />

interference. See Figure 2–35.<br />

FRONT OF RELAY<br />

( - )<br />

16 26 36 46 56 66<br />

11 21 31 41 51 61<br />

- +<br />

1B 1H 2B 2H<br />

5H 5F 6H 6F<br />

6E<br />

( + )<br />

THICK WIRING IS PLUGBOARD WIRING.<br />

THIN WIRING IS RELAY WIRING.<br />

Figure 2–35. Code Rate Transmitter Relay Wiring<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–38 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.5.7. Code-Following, VTB Relay<br />

<strong>Type</strong> VTB code-following relays are used in coded track circuits and coded line circuits<br />

for signal control. It is used as a two position polar-biased relay.<br />

The relay occupies the plugboard space of a B2 relay and has one or two armatures,<br />

depending upon circuit application. The VTB relay plugboard, Figure 2–36, bolts on a B<br />

relay rack. Both plugboard and current test terminals are standard design. Optional<br />

voltage test terminals are designed for a clip-on meter lead.<br />

10<br />

9<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

FEMALE<br />

REGISTRATION<br />

PLATE<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

CONTACT<br />

TERMINALS<br />

4<br />

3<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

6<br />

1<br />

6C<br />

6D<br />

6E 4E 3E 1E<br />

1C<br />

1D<br />

COIL<br />

TERMINALS<br />

TEST<br />

TERMINALS<br />

Figure 2–36. VTB Plugboard<br />

A simplified operating diagram of the polar-biased single armature relay is shown in<br />

Figure 2–37. The armature support spring is bent to provide a mechanical bias, thus,<br />

together with the permanent magnet, holding the armature against the left pole face<br />

when the relay is de-energized.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–39 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

FRAME<br />

MAGNET<br />

ARMATURE<br />

CORE<br />

Figure 2–37. Polar-Biased Single Armature Relay<br />

The following describes the two position polar-biased assembly. Both cores are<br />

connected by a yoke strap and bolted to the relay frame, forming a U-shaped structure.<br />

The armature is polarized by an alnico permanent magnet, which is mounted directly<br />

above the armature on the relay frame. The frame completes the magnetic circuit to the<br />

cores.<br />

The armature is supported at the center by two springs, which act as a trunnionless<br />

bearing. Vertical armature support springs are fastened at the bottom to the yoke.<br />

Horizontal guide springs are fastened at one end beyond either the right or left pole<br />

faces. In the double armature relay, each armature can be operated independently but<br />

not simultaneously. Contact actuation arms are riveted to the armature at the junction of<br />

the vertical and horizontal support springs. The vertical armature spring supports the<br />

armature and provides a torque bias to return the armature to the de-energized position.<br />

With energy applied to the coils in the direction indicated in Figure 2–38, the armature is<br />

attracted to the right pole piece, overcoming the bias of the armature support spring.<br />

Magnetic flux is now concentrated in the right core. When energy is removed from the<br />

relay, the armature, because of biasing, returns to the left pole piece, Figure 2–39.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–40 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

Figure 2–38. VTB Relay Energized<br />

A simplified operating diagram of a VTB polar-biased relay with two armatures is shown<br />

in Figure 2–39.<br />

COIL B<br />

CORE B<br />

COIL A<br />

CORE A<br />

Figure 2–39. VTB Relay, Two Armatures De-energized<br />

These armatures are biased in opposite directions, armature A against the left-handed<br />

pole piece, and armature B against the right-hand pole piece. This provides a<br />

symmetrical magnetic path. The permanent magnet flux divides equally between the<br />

two armatures and cores and reinforces the effect of the biasing springs on both<br />

armatures.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–41 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

If coil B is energized in the direction shown in Figures 2–40, the flux through core B<br />

increases greatly.<br />

N<br />

A<br />

B<br />

+<br />

COIL B<br />

-<br />

CORE B<br />

S<br />

COIL A<br />

CORE A<br />

Figure 2–40. VTB Relay, Two Armatures Energized<br />

As a result, the spring bias and permanent magnet flux acting on armature B are<br />

overcome and the armature is attracted to the left-hand pole piece. If, instead, coil A is<br />

energized to produce the proper direction of magnetic flux, armature B remains in its<br />

biased position and armature A is attracted to the right pole piece.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–42 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

Figure 2–41 shows typical VTB relay wiring.<br />

110<br />

610<br />

6 FRONT BACK CONTACT<br />

SETS SHOWN.<br />

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT<br />

DEPENDS ON VTB RELAY<br />

ORDERED.<br />

CONTACTS IN ROW 1<br />

OPERATED BY NORMAL COIL,<br />

IN ROW 6 BY REVERSE COIL.<br />

12<br />

1C<br />

1D<br />

I<br />

O<br />

REVERSE<br />

I<br />

O<br />

NORMAL<br />

62<br />

6C<br />

6D<br />

THICK WIRING IS PLUGBOARD WIRING.<br />

THIN WIRING IS RELAY WIRING.<br />

I = "IN" LEAD<br />

O = "OUT" LEAD<br />

(–)<br />

1E<br />

(+) (–) (+)<br />

3E<br />

4E 6E<br />

LINE RELAY<br />

INDEPENDENT COILS<br />

1C<br />

1D<br />

I<br />

O<br />

I<br />

O<br />

6C<br />

6D<br />

1C<br />

1D<br />

I<br />

–<br />

O<br />

I<br />

+<br />

O<br />

6C<br />

6D<br />

(–) (+)<br />

4E 6E<br />

LINE RELAY<br />

SERIES COILS<br />

TRACK RELAY<br />

SERIES COILS<br />

Figure 2–41. VTB Relay Wiring<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–43 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

2.6. AC TRACK RELAYS<br />

2.6.1. Vane Relay<br />

<strong>Type</strong> B2 vane relays are used in AC track circuits. They are high efficiency two position<br />

relays requiring low wattage in the track element for operation.<br />

A vane of an aluminum alloy is secured to a horizontal shaft, with a trunnion at each<br />

end, which is supported by jewel bearings. They accurately position the vane in the airgap<br />

between the two magnetic field structures with ample working clearance as shown<br />

in Figure 2–42.<br />

BOTTOM VIEW OF<br />

VANE AND COILS<br />

TOP VIEW OF<br />

VANE AND COILS<br />

COUNTER<br />

WEIGHT<br />

SHAFT<br />

TRUNNION<br />

Winding<br />

Core<br />

Winding<br />

VANE<br />

LOCAL COIL<br />

Winding<br />

TRACK COIL<br />

Winding<br />

LOCAL COIL<br />

VANE<br />

TRACK COIL<br />

Core<br />

Core<br />

RELAY BASE<br />

Figure 2–42. Vane Relay Structure<br />

The local and track windings are fastened to the base of the relay, thus providing<br />

conduction of heat from the coils and laminations to the outside air. Both the vane and<br />

magnetic structure are compact, yet are designed for correct distribution of mass and<br />

magnetic flux. See Figure 2–43 for an illustration of relay components with the relay<br />

energized.<br />

Pushers of insulated material transmit the movement of the vane shaft to the contacts.<br />

These contacts are similar to the ones used in DC relays, being flat springs molded in a<br />

phenolic block.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–44 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

VANE<br />

CONTACTS<br />

PUSHER<br />

(FOR CONTACTS)<br />

RELAY BASE<br />

LOCAL COIL<br />

WINDING<br />

STOP<br />

ROLLER<br />

SHAFT<br />

BEARING<br />

COUNTERWEIGHT<br />

Figure 2–43. Vane Relay Components<br />

The local coil may be double-wound so that the two windings can be hooked up in<br />

series or in parallel. When connected in parallel, each winding operates at half-voltage,<br />

and it becomes possible to connect a phase-shifting device, should track operating<br />

conditions make it necessary. Track windings are furnished the same way.<br />

Examples of phase shifting devices are:<br />

• track filter (P/N 58496-117-01)<br />

• local filter (P/N 58496-118-01)<br />

The local filter is a combined two-section series tuned and parallel tuned filter. The track<br />

filter contains a fuse, a capacitor, and a variable inductor.<br />

The local and track filters are used to prevent line induced noise and traction energy<br />

from interfering with track circuit performance. The filter acts as a partial phase shifter to<br />

help establish a 90 degree phase shift between the track and local windings of the track<br />

relay. This is especially important at minimum ballast conditions.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–45 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

Figure 2–44 shows the operation of the vane relay. An aluminum disc with a shaft<br />

through the center is supported so that it is free to rotate. If a permanent magnet is<br />

rotated about the disc shaft in such a way that the magnetic lines of force cut through<br />

and across the disc, the disc will start to rotate in the same direction as the permanent<br />

magnet, and at a slightly slower speed.<br />

MOVEMENT OF<br />

NON-MAGNETIC DISC<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

MOVEMENT OF<br />

PERMANENT MAGNET<br />

Figure 2–44. Magnet Movement Drags the Metal Disc<br />

Figure 2–45 is an enlarged view of a section of the disc showing what occurs. When the<br />

permanent magnet is rotated, the magnetic lines of force cut the disc and produce a<br />

voltage between two points on the disc. A current, commonly known as an "eddy"<br />

current, flows between these points and back to its origin by the shortest path. These<br />

eddy currents produce small magnetic forces that react with the magnetic force of the<br />

permanent magnet, producing rotation.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–46 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

EDDY CURRENT INDUCED BY<br />

PERMANENT MAGNET IN<br />

NON-MAGNETIC DISC<br />

N<br />

DISC<br />

S<br />

Figure 2–45. Eddy Current Induction by Permanent Magnet<br />

In the vane relay, two electromagnets are constantly energized while the relay is picked<br />

up, but the magnetism produced by one of the electro-magnets lags in time with respect<br />

to the other. The reaction on the vane relay of the two independent magnetisms, which<br />

are out of phase, produces rotation, the same as that produced by the moving<br />

permanent magnet in Figure 2–45.<br />

Figure 2–46 shows a complete cycle of local track currents plotted with the track current<br />

lagging the local current. The alternating current produces a lateral movement of flux in<br />

the air gap, as shown. Reference lines A, B, C, D, etc., divide the complete alternating<br />

current cycle into eighths, and the small figures represent instantaneous pictures or<br />

"snapshots" of what occurs in the relay magnetic circuit.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–47 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

A<br />

C<br />

E<br />

G<br />

A'<br />

+<br />

LOCAL<br />

-<br />

LOCAL<br />

-<br />

LOCAL<br />

+<br />

LOCAL<br />

+<br />

LOCAL<br />

-<br />

TRACK<br />

+<br />

TRACK<br />

-<br />

B<br />

TRACK<br />

D<br />

-<br />

TRACK<br />

+<br />

F<br />

TRACK<br />

H<br />

+<br />

LOCAL<br />

-<br />

-<br />

LOCAL<br />

+<br />

-<br />

LOCAL<br />

+<br />

+<br />

LOCAL<br />

-<br />

+<br />

TRACK<br />

-<br />

+<br />

TRACK<br />

-<br />

-<br />

TRACK<br />

+<br />

-<br />

TRACK<br />

+<br />

LOCAL<br />

CURRENT<br />

TRACK<br />

CURRENT<br />

TRACK CURRENT LAGS LOCAL CURRENT BY 90°<br />

A B C D E F G H A'<br />

Figure 2–46. Local and Track Current Cycles<br />

At A and A', the local current is at a positive maximum value and the track current is<br />

zero. The local winding is producing all the magnetic lines of force and their paths are<br />

shown by the dotted lines.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–48 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

In each snapshot, notice the solid arrow, which is accentuated merely for reference and<br />

not because the lines of force are concentrated in that particular path. Compare the<br />

position of this arrow in snapshots B, C, D, and E. See how the arrow moves across the<br />

whole length of the air gap, cutting through and across the vane, much the same as the<br />

magnetic lines of force of the permanent magnet in Figure 2–45. All the other arrows do<br />

the same. Here, then, is the counterpart of the moving permanent magnet, except that,<br />

in this case, the magnetic structures are stationary, and the alternating current produces<br />

the magnetic flux motion.<br />

For the relay to produce maximum torque with the minimum power input, the local and<br />

track current must be out of step by a quarter of a cycle or 90 degrees. Track relays,<br />

under adverse track conditions, may require a phase-shifting device inserted in the local<br />

phase to approximate the ideal current relationship.<br />

Figures 2–47 and 2–48 show the parallel and series hookup of local and track windings,<br />

while Figure 2–49 shows relay and plugboard wiring along with some vane relay<br />

supporting components.<br />

PARALLEL HOOKUP<br />

LO1–<br />

14<br />

T1–<br />

64<br />

LO2–<br />

13<br />

LO1+<br />

12<br />

T2–<br />

63<br />

T1+<br />

62<br />

LO2+<br />

11<br />

61<br />

HEAVY LINES ARE<br />

PLUGBOARD WIRING<br />

T2+<br />

T = TRACK WINDING<br />

LO = LOCAL WINDING<br />

Figure 2–47. Parallel Hookup of Windings<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–49 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Theory of Operation<br />

SERIES HOOKUP<br />

LO1–<br />

14<br />

T1–<br />

64<br />

LO2–<br />

13<br />

LO1+<br />

12<br />

T2–<br />

63<br />

T1+<br />

62<br />

LO2+<br />

11<br />

T2+<br />

61<br />

HEAVY LINES ARE<br />

PLUGBOARD WIRING<br />

T = TRACK WINDING<br />

LO = LOCAL WINDING<br />

Figure 2–48. Series Hookup of Windings<br />

NX55<br />

BX55<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

11<br />

2 FRONT<br />

2 BACK<br />

64<br />

63<br />

62<br />

61<br />

NX110<br />

BX110<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

11<br />

2 FRONT<br />

2 BACK<br />

64<br />

63<br />

62<br />

61<br />

LOCAL WINDING<br />

IN PARALLEL<br />

LOCAL WINDING<br />

IN SERIES<br />

1E 6E 1E 6E<br />

TAPPED RESISTOR<br />

BALANCE IMPEDANCE<br />

(P/N 42960-002-02)<br />

FIXED RESISTANCE<br />

RNX<br />

RBX<br />

TAPPED RESISTOR<br />

NON-ELECTRIFIED RAILROADS<br />

HEAVY LINES ARE<br />

PLUGBOARD WIRING<br />

RNX<br />

ELECTRIFIED RAILROADS<br />

RBX<br />

Figure 2–49. AC Vane Relay<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 2–50 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

3. SECTION 3 – INSTALLATION<br />

3.1. GENERAL<br />

This section contains general installation procedures for <strong>Type</strong> B relays. Included is a<br />

procedure for inspecting each relay prior to installation, followed by the installation and<br />

adjustment procedure.<br />

3.2. RELAY INSTALLATION TOOLS AND SUPPLIES<br />

See Appendix C for a summary of B relay tools. See Section 7 for a listing of installation<br />

plugboards and supplies.<br />

3.3. INSPECTION<br />

Upon receipt of a shipment of <strong>Type</strong> B relays, inspect them for cleanliness and overall<br />

condition. Also, always verify the operating characteristics of the relay before installing it<br />

in a particular circuit.<br />

Prior to installing a <strong>Type</strong> B relay, follow the inspection procedure provided in Table<br />

3–1. Refer to section 2, Figure 2–1 for an illustration identifying the basic B relay<br />

components.<br />

Table 3–1. B Relay Pre-Installation Inspection Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Check that the relay cover and seal are not damaged.<br />

WARNING<br />

BREAKING THE RELAY COVER SEAL VOIDS THE WARRANTY<br />

ON THE RELAY.<br />

2 Verify that the relay prong surfaces are clean and not bent.<br />

While the prongs of the relay that engage with the terminals in the plugboard are<br />

clean and adjusted when they leave the factory, there is always the chance that<br />

they may become dirty or bent in handling. If prongs are dirty, clean by<br />

burnishing.<br />

3 When relay racks complete with plugboards are received, verify they are clean<br />

and not broken or cracked. The terminals should lie close to the insulators. The<br />

guide rods should be straight and at right angles to the plugboard.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–1 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

3.4. INSTALLATION<br />

The B relay plugs into a plugboard assembly mounted on rack support bars. Plugboard<br />

assemblies:<br />

• are available in either B1 or B2 sizes<br />

• use insulators for separating the solder or crimp type terminals<br />

• hold the guide rods for alignment and securing the relay<br />

• hold the registration plates<br />

• can be provided with current or voltage test posts<br />

For a listing of plugboards, specialty parts, and mounting hardware refer to Section<br />

7.17., B Relay Plugboards and Terminal Boards.<br />

Most B relays are installed using the procedure provided in Table 3–2.<br />

Microchron II Timer Relay installation includes setting the timer. Follow the steps in<br />

Table 3–3 in the order provided to install a Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) or the steps<br />

in Table 3–5 to install an AC Microchron II Timer Relay.<br />

Built-in surge circuitry in the Microchron II Timer Relay provides adequate protection<br />

from transients on the power leads for circuits confined to a bungalow or train control<br />

relay room containing an installed Microchron II Timer Relay. If the energy circuit has<br />

contacts remote from the bungalow, follow the procedure in Table 3–4 to provide<br />

additional surge protection.<br />

NOTE<br />

To assure safe application of the AC Microchron II Timer Relay, all<br />

application circuits must be reviewed by <strong>Alstom</strong> engineering before it will<br />

be approved for use.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–2 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–2. B Relay Installation Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Verify the relay cover and seal are not damaged.<br />

2 Verify the surfaces of the relay prongs that engage with the terminals in the<br />

plugboards are clean and not bent.<br />

While the relay prongs are clean and adjusted when they leave the factory, they<br />

may become dirty or bent during storage and handling.<br />

• If prongs are dirty, clean by burnishing.<br />

• If prongs are bent, bend them back into position so the make contact when<br />

the relay is installed.<br />

3 Select the proper relay by checking the order reference number provided on the<br />

nameplate on the front of the relay. This number also appears on the detailed<br />

plans furnished with the installation and on the plugboard registration plate.<br />

REGISTRATION<br />

PLATE NUMBER<br />

NAME<br />

PLATE<br />

NAMETAG<br />

4 Slide the relay Nametag into slot.<br />

TEST DATA<br />

FORM<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–3 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–2. B Relay Installation Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

5 Code rate transmitter relays are shipped with the rotor locked to prevent<br />

damage to the relay.<br />

Before placing the relay into service the rotor must be unlocked by moving the<br />

arm on the back of the relay as shown below.<br />

ROTOR LOCKED FOR SHIPMENT<br />

Arm is located at back of transmitter.<br />

TO UNLOCK ROTOR FOR SERVICE<br />

Slide arm at back of transmitter to<br />

the position shown below<br />

Arm<br />

Arm<br />

Back of Transmitter<br />

Back of Transmitter<br />

A visual examination of the relay should also be performed to verify that with the<br />

arm in the unlocked position the rotor lock does not contact the rotor in any<br />

position of the rotor.<br />

After the relay is installed to its plugboard, the code rate of the relay should be<br />

verified to ensure it is correct.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–4 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–2. B Relay Installation Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

6 Grasp the relay on the top and bottom of the cover; slide it onto the guide rods.<br />

If adjacent relay prohibits grasping of relay on top and bottom, use the handle<br />

on the front to push the relay along the guides.<br />

7 Press the relay firmly into place so that the back of the relay is snug against its<br />

plugboard.<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

RELAY<br />

BASE<br />

CAUTION<br />

Do not exert excessive pressure on the relay. Pressure greater<br />

than finger pressure could damage the relay or plugboard.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–5 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–2. B Relay Installation Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

8 Hold the relay in this position with one hand while putting on the knurled<br />

retaining nuts. The nuts should be tightened only until they just touch the end of<br />

the tube, but do not exert pressure against the relay.<br />

TUBE<br />

GUIDE ROD<br />

KNURLED<br />

NUTS<br />

KNURLED<br />

NUTS<br />

CAUTION<br />

DO NOT use the retaining nuts to pull the insulators and prongs<br />

into engagement.<br />

9 Screw on the lock nuts, holding the retaining nuts with the fingers to prevent their<br />

turning while tightening the lock nuts with an AAR wrench.<br />

LOCK NUTS<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–6 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–3. Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Installation Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Verify the relay cover and seal are not damaged.<br />

2 Verify the surfaces of the relay prongs that engage with the terminals in the<br />

plugboards are clean and not bent.<br />

While the relay prongs are clean and adjusted when they leave the factory, they<br />

may become dirty or bent during storage and handling.<br />

• If prongs are dirty, clean by burnishing.<br />

• If prongs are bent, bend them back into position so the make contact when<br />

the relay is installed.<br />

3 Consider the operating characteristics of the Microchron II Timer Relay before<br />

installing any in a particular circuit.<br />

Select the proper relay by verifying relay characteristics:<br />

• Input Range is 8-31.5 VDC<br />

• Maximum Current Draw is 100 mA max at 15 Volts<br />

• Input Power required is regulated DC battery or an extremely well filtered<br />

rectified AC battery<br />

WARNING<br />

THE MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY MAY NOT BE INTERCHANGEABLE<br />

WITH A MOTOR OPERATED TIMER IN EVERY CIRCUIT APPLICATION.<br />

DIFFERENCES IN OPERATION OF THE MOTOR TIMER BACK CONTACT<br />

REQUIRE CONSIDERATION OF THE CHECK CONTACT OPERATION IN<br />

THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION TO ENSURE THAT THE SAFETY<br />

PERFORMANCE OF THE CIRCUIT IS NOT COMPROMISED. BACK<br />

CONTACTS, OR CHECK CONTACTS, ON THE TYPE B2 AND KB MOTOR<br />

TIMERS OPEN AT THE BEGINNING OF THE TIMING CYCLE. BACK<br />

CONTACTS ON THE MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY OPEN AT THE END<br />

OF THE TIMING CYCLE.<br />

WHILE IT IS DOUBTFUL THAT THERE IS A PROBLEM WITH THE MAJORITY<br />

OF CIRCUITS IN USE, AS AN ADDED SAFETY PRECAUTION TO PREVENT<br />

AN INADVERTENT SUBSTITUTION, THE MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY<br />

HAS A REGISTRATION PLATE DIFFERENT FROM ANY OTHER TYPE B2<br />

MOTOR TIMER.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–7 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–3. Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Installation Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

4 CAUTION<br />

To prevent possible damage to the Microchron II Timer Relay, it is<br />

necessary to use a filter unit when the timer is to be operated from<br />

unfiltered full-wave, rectified AC, unless there are standby<br />

batteries. If the timer is powered with unfiltered, rectified AC<br />

voltage without a filter unit, it will not operate and could possibly<br />

damage the timer.<br />

If the power source is unfiltered AC, then follow Step 5 to install a filter unit on<br />

the relay.<br />

For filtered DC or filtered rectified AC, go to step 6.<br />

5 Install a filter board onto the relay plugboard as shown:<br />

(+)<br />

6E<br />

3E<br />

52 51<br />

TE<br />

R1<br />

A<br />

CR1<br />

+<br />

C1<br />

TYPICAL CIRCUIT<br />

4E<br />

(–)<br />

66<br />

56<br />

46<br />

65<br />

55<br />

45<br />

64<br />

54<br />

44<br />

63<br />

53<br />

43<br />

62<br />

52<br />

42<br />

FILTER BOARD 58496-116-01<br />

includes 3E-4E mounting<br />

hardware and 3 connectors<br />

61<br />

51<br />

41<br />

CR1 A TO 52<br />

6D<br />

6C<br />

C1<br />

R1<br />

1C<br />

1D<br />

TO 51<br />

4E<br />

3E<br />

TO 6E<br />

SOLDERTAB<br />

SIDE VIEW<br />

REAR VIEW<br />

6E<br />

4E<br />

3E<br />

1E<br />

NOTE:<br />

PLUGBOARD KITS<br />

P/N 59686-007-14 FOR CRIMP TERMINALS<br />

P/N 59686-007-12 FOR SOLDER TERMINALS<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–8 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–3. Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Installation Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

6 For a new installation, install the plugboard in the <strong>Type</strong> B relay rack, connect the<br />

power as shown, and wire the contacts as required by the external circuits.<br />

(FRONT VIEW)<br />

46 56 66<br />

(FRONT VIEW)<br />

46 56 66<br />

64<br />

63<br />

43 53<br />

42<br />

52<br />

51<br />

61<br />

(–)<br />

A<br />

FILTER<br />

64<br />

63<br />

43 53<br />

42<br />

52<br />

51<br />

61<br />

TIMER<br />

ASSEMBLY<br />

TIMER<br />

ASSEMBLY<br />

I<br />

O<br />

I<br />

O<br />

I<br />

O<br />

I<br />

O<br />

6E<br />

(+)<br />

(–)<br />

3E<br />

4E<br />

6E<br />

(+)<br />

WIRING OF MICROCHRON TIMER FOR DC OPERATION<br />

WIRING OF MICROCHRON TIMER FOR OPERATION ON<br />

UNFILTERED FULL-WAVE RECTIFIED AC<br />

THICK WIRING IS PLUGBOARD WIRING .<br />

THIN WIRING IS WIRING WITHIN THE RELAY.<br />

I = "IN" LEAD<br />

O = "OUT" LEAD<br />

7 Attach the mating registration plate (packed with the Microchron II Timer Relay)<br />

to the plugboard and plug in the timer.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–9 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–3. Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Installation Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

8 For a timer with a tamper evident color seal, remove the plastic seal. For a timer<br />

with a lead seal, remove seal, thumbnuts, and cover to expose the thumbwheel<br />

switches.<br />

GREEN LED<br />

RED LED<br />

THUMBWHEEL<br />

SWITCHES<br />

1 0 2 0<br />

TAMPER EVIDENT COLOR SEAL<br />

(P/N 37947-059-00, RED TINT)<br />

(P/N 37947-058-00, GREEN TINT)<br />

9 Adjust the thumbwheel switches to the desired timing interval.<br />

NOTE<br />

Certain switches contain “stops” and only rotate between<br />

allowable settings. For example, the “Tens of Minutes” switch can<br />

only rotate between the “0” and “1” positions and the “Tens of<br />

Seconds” switch can only rotate between the “0” and “5” positions.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–10 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–3. Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Installation Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

10 When setting the time, use the standard representation.<br />

Tens<br />

Minutes<br />

Unit<br />

Minutes<br />

Tens<br />

Seconds<br />

Unit<br />

Seconds<br />

1 9 5 9<br />

This example shows a setting of 19 minutes and 59 seconds. A time set at 89<br />

seconds would read 01:29.<br />

11 Energize the timer and verify the elapsed time with an external timing device<br />

from the instant energy is applied until the relay front contacts close.<br />

The operational relay timing must be within ±0.1% of the time pre-selected by<br />

the thumbwheel switches plus a maximum delay of 0.75 seconds.<br />

If the timing is not within acceptable limits, remove and replace the relay.<br />

Then perform the mechanical and electrical tests provided in Section 6,<br />

Corrective Maintenance, on the malfunctioning relay.<br />

12 For timers with a tamper evident color seal (see figure in Step 8), replace the<br />

plastic seal. For relays with a tamper evident lead seal (P/N 35285-000-00),<br />

replace switch cover, thumbnuts, seal, and crimp seal.<br />

13 Verify the time setting.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–11 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–4. Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Surge Protection Installation Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Install an equalizer (<strong>Alstom</strong> P/N 56937-021-00) across the power leads ahead of<br />

where the leads will be wired to the Microchron II Timer Relay.<br />

REMOTE<br />

CONTACTS<br />

LOCAL<br />

CONTACTS<br />

6E 52 51 TE<br />

REMOTE<br />

SIGNAL BATTERY<br />

MICROCHRON II<br />

TIMER<br />

EQUALIZER<br />

PART NO. 56937-021-00 AND<br />

TERMINAL BLOCK 46048-022-08<br />

Electrical parameters of this equalizer are 1000 ohms minimum at 1.5 volts DC<br />

and breakdown range of 75 to 150 volts DC, not to exceed 150 volts DC.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–12 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–5. AC Microchron II Timer Relay Installation Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Check that the relay cover and seal are not damaged.<br />

2 Verify that the relay prong surfaces are clean and not bent.<br />

While the prongs of the relay that engage with the terminals in the plugboards<br />

are clean and adjusted when they leave the factory, there is always the chance<br />

that they may become dirty or bent in handling.<br />

• If prongs are dirty, clean by burnishing.<br />

• If prongs are bent, bend them back into position so they make contact when<br />

the relay is installed.<br />

3 Review the operating characteristics of the relay and verify the appropriate relay<br />

is being installed before proceeding.<br />

Relay 50800-103-01 50800-104-01<br />

Input Voltage Range<br />

Input Power While Timing<br />

Input Power After Timing<br />

with Relay Energized<br />

88 to 135 Vrms, 60 Hz<br />

AC<br />

11 mA rms at 88 Vrms<br />

18 mA rms at 110 Vrms<br />

44 mA rms at 135 Vrms<br />

26 mA rms at 88 Vrms<br />

27 mA rms at 110 Vrms<br />

45 mA rms at 135 Vrms<br />

WARNING<br />

44 to 66 Vrms, 25 Hz AC<br />

23 mA rms at 44 Vrms<br />

54 mA rms at 55 Vrms<br />

161 mA rms at 66 Vrms<br />

52 mA rms at 44 Vrms<br />

61 mA rms at 55 Vrms<br />

148 mA rms at 66 Vrms<br />

THE AC MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY MAY NOT BE<br />

INTERCHANGEABLE WITH A MOTOR-OPERATED TIMER IN<br />

EVERY CIRCUIT APPLICATION BECAUSE OF THE<br />

FOLLOWING DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE TWO TIMERS:<br />

• AC MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY - CHECK CIRCUIT<br />

OPENS AFTER TIME DELAY HAS EXPIRED, AND CLOSES<br />

WHEN POWER IS REMOVED<br />

• AC MOTOR TIMER - CHECK CIRCUIT OPENS AT<br />

BEGINNING OF TIME DELAY AND CLOSES WHEN POWER<br />

IS REMOVED<br />

4 For a new installation, check plugboard to ensure proper connections; refer to<br />

ED50800-103-01 for the 60 Hz relay or ED50800-104-01 for the 25 Hz relay.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–13 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–5. AC Microchron II Timer Relay Installation Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

5 Attach the mating registration plate (packed with the AC Microchron II Timer<br />

Relay) to the plugboard and plug in the relay.<br />

6 Detach the cover that seals access to the thumbwheel switches by removing the<br />

tamper evident lead seal, two thumbnuts, and sliding the clear plastic cover off<br />

the studs.<br />

COVER<br />

1 2 3 4<br />

5<br />

THUMBWHEEL SWITCHES<br />

7 Adjust the thumbwheel switches to the desired timing interval.<br />

NOTE<br />

Certain switches contain “stops” and only rotate between<br />

allowable settings. For example, the “Tens of Minutes” switch can<br />

only rotate between the “0” and “1” positions and the “Tens of<br />

Seconds” switch can only rotate between the “0” and “5” positions.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–14 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

Table 3–5. AC Microchron II Timer Relay Installation Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

8 When setting the time, use the standard representation.<br />

Tens<br />

Minutes<br />

Unit<br />

Minutes<br />

Tens<br />

Seconds<br />

Unit<br />

Seconds<br />

Tenth of<br />

Seconds<br />

1 9 5 9 9<br />

This example shows a setting of 19 minutes and 59.9 seconds. A time set at<br />

89.9 seconds would read 01:29.9.<br />

9 Energize the timer and verify the elapsed time with an external timing device<br />

from the instant energy is applied until the relay front contacts close.<br />

A red LED illuminates when power is first applied; it blinks until the delay set on<br />

the switches has expired.<br />

Then, a green LED illuminates to indicate that the delay has expired.<br />

The operational relay timing must be within ±0.1% of the time pre-selected by<br />

the thumbwheel switches plus a maximum delay of 0.75 seconds.<br />

If the timing is not within acceptable limits, remove and replace the relay.<br />

Then perform the mechanical and electrical tests provided in Section 6,<br />

Corrective Maintenance, on the malfunctioning relay.<br />

10 Reseal access to the thumbwheel switches by sliding the clear plastic cover<br />

over the two studs and securing it in place with the two thumbnuts. Install a new<br />

tamper evident lead seal (P/N 35285-000-00), using the holes in the studs, and<br />

crimp securely.<br />

11 Verify the time setting.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–15 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Installation<br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 3–16 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4. SECTION 4 – PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE<br />

4.1. GENERAL<br />

This section includes the preventive maintenance procedures associated with proper<br />

<strong>Type</strong> B relay operation. These procedures are provided as a minimum requirement, and<br />

may need to be modified due to local operational conditions or requirements.<br />

Tests and inspections must include the following: measurement of PICKUP current and<br />

DROPAWAY current, timing of slow operating and timing relays, and visual inspection<br />

of contacts for damage or misalignment, corrosion or other contamination of parts, loose<br />

parts inside cover, broken seal, cracked, broken or discolored covers and wear particles<br />

on inside of cover.<br />

WARNING<br />

NOTIFY AND OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM CENTRAL CONTROL<br />

PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY ELECTRICAL TESTS ON RELAYS.<br />

DURING THE ELECTRICAL TESTS RELAYS ARE INTENTIONALLY,<br />

MANUALLY ACTIVATED. THIS ACTIVATION AFFECTS THE RELAY<br />

CIRCUIT(S) AND POSES A POTENTIAL THREAT TO RAIL SAFETY. IT<br />

MAY PROVIDE FALSE INFORMATION, INTERRUPT OPERATION, AND<br />

CAUSE ALARMS TO INADVERTENTLY SOUND AND/OR BE<br />

DISPLAYED. TAKE ALL STEPS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE SAFE<br />

PASSAGE OF TRAFFIC IS MAINTAINED.<br />

NOTIFY CENTRAL CONTROL WHEN TESTING IS COMPLETE AND<br />

THE RELAY IS BACK IN OPERATION.<br />

B relays identified as not passing inspection or meeting defined tolerances during the<br />

relay electrical test must be removed from service. To return a relay to service, the<br />

mechanical tests and adjustments provided in Section 6, Corrective Maintenance must<br />

be performed, followed by electrical tests to verify relay performance.<br />

The following test and adjustment procedures require qualified maintenance personnel<br />

to test the relay portion of <strong>Type</strong> B relays.<br />

Specifications for testing and inspecting all <strong>Alstom</strong> relays are given on relay Engineering<br />

Data (ED) sheets. Relay drawing and catalog numbers can be used with Appendix A to<br />

look up the Engineering Data (ED) Sheet number. To determine a relay's drawing or<br />

catalog number, refer to Heading 1.2.2., Identification. For copies of ED sheets, consult<br />

your <strong>Alstom</strong> Sales Representative or <strong>Alstom</strong> Customer Service.<br />

Troubleshooting procedures are provided in Section 5, Troubleshooting. Mechanical<br />

tests and relay replacement procedures are provided in Section 6, Corrective<br />

Maintenance.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–1 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE INTERVALS<br />

Preventive maintenance procedures are performed on B relays with the covers on and<br />

sealed. The tests are a good check on the overall performance of the relay, and are<br />

completed easily and quickly.<br />

Preventive maintenance consists of three procedures:<br />

• Visual Inspection<br />

• Electrical Test<br />

• Timing Test, where applicable<br />

Table 4–1 shows the recommended preventive maintenance time intervals.<br />

Table 4–1. Preventive Maintenance Intervals<br />

Relay <strong>Type</strong><br />

Preventive Maintenance Interval<br />

Carborne <strong>Relays</strong><br />

Every 6 years<br />

<strong>Vital</strong> Wayside <strong>Relays</strong><br />

Every 4 years<br />

DC Polar and Vane <strong>Relays</strong><br />

Every 2 years<br />

Master (or Primary) <strong>Relays</strong>, spring tension*<br />

Every 2 years<br />

Microchron II Timer <strong>Relays</strong><br />

Every year<br />

* Any master or primary relay of the torque type, that depends on spring tension to return contacts to the<br />

de-energized position in noncoded continuous inductive automatic train stop or train control systems.<br />

<strong>Vital</strong> wayside, DC Polar and Vane <strong>Relays</strong> can be inspected and tested while installed in<br />

racks or they may be removed from service and plugged on a shop test board for<br />

preventive maintenance. Electrical tests of relays in the relay racks are limited to<br />

measuring operating values and comparing the values to the specifications provided in<br />

the Engineering Data (ED) sheets. Relay drawing and catalog numbers can be used<br />

with Appendix A to look up the Engineering Data (ED) Sheet number. To determine a<br />

relay's drawing or catalog number, refer to Heading 1.2.2., Identification.<br />

Carborne and Master <strong>Relays</strong> must be removed from service for inspection and testing.<br />

Relay removal and installation procedures are provided in Section 6, Corrective<br />

maintenance.<br />

NOTE<br />

<strong>Relays</strong> not passing any of the preventive maintenance tests or inspections<br />

must be replaced and not returned to service until the operating<br />

characteristics and conditions are in accordance with <strong>Alstom</strong> Engineering<br />

Data (ED) sheet specifications.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–2 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TOOLS<br />

See Appendix C for a summary of B relay tools.<br />

A specific wrench is used to turn the terminal nut on the current test post to open the<br />

coil circuit. Figure 4–1 shows a Spanner Nut Wrench (also called the "E" post wrench,<br />

P/N 55393-003-01).<br />

Figure 4–1. Spanner Nut Wrench<br />

The Shop Test Rack, P/N 56573-002-01, is used to test relays in the shop. See<br />

Appendix C for details about the Shop Test Rack.<br />

Electrical tests for operating values on <strong>Type</strong> B2 two element vane relays are made with<br />

the Vane Relay Test Unit, P/N 20182-111-01. See Appendix C for details about this test<br />

unit.<br />

4.4. RELAY INSPECTION<br />

All <strong>Type</strong> B relays must be visually inspected prior to performing electrical tests. Each<br />

<strong>Type</strong> B relay is in a clear plastic case and the parts to be inspected can be seen with<br />

the cover installed and sealed.<br />

WARNING<br />

BREAKING THE RELAY COVER SEAL VOIDS THE WARRANTY ON<br />

THE RELAY.<br />

Visual inspection includes checking contacts for damage or misalignment, corrosion or<br />

other contamination of parts, loose parts inside cover, broken seal, cracked, broken or<br />

discolored covers and wear particles on inside of cover. The inspection procedure<br />

provided in Table 4–2 describes how to inspect a typical B1 relay. Table 4–3 describes<br />

how to inspect a vane relay. Table 4–4 is a general relay inspection procedure<br />

applicable to all other relays.<br />

NOTE<br />

If any damage is detected, the relay must be removed from service and<br />

replaced.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–3 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

Table 4–2. Typical B1 Relay Visual Inspection Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Check that the relay cover and seal are not cracked, broken or discolored.<br />

2 Verify that relay components are not loose inside the cover.<br />

COMPRESSION SPRING<br />

COVER<br />

COIL SPRING STUD<br />

ARMATURE STOP SCREW<br />

BRIDGE OR ARM. EXTENSION<br />

PUSHER<br />

BACK CONTACT<br />

HEEL CONTACT<br />

FRONT CONTACT<br />

CONTACT PRONGS<br />

BASE<br />

CONTACT GROUP<br />

PRESSURE PLATES<br />

STOP PLATES<br />

PUSHER JAW<br />

PUSHER RETAINING CLIPS<br />

ROLLER ON FINGER<br />

ARMATURE<br />

ARMATURE<br />

RETAINING<br />

PLATE<br />

ADJ. NUT<br />

LOCK NUT<br />

YOKE<br />

NUT<br />

ARMATURE<br />

BEARING<br />

PLATE<br />

NAME<br />

PLATE<br />

SAFETY<br />

PIN<br />

COIL<br />

REGISTRATION COIL<br />

PLATES PRONGS<br />

ADJUSTABLE RESIDUAL SCREW<br />

3 Verify the contacting surfaces are clean, smooth, and not bent or mis-aligned.<br />

CORE<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–4 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

Table 4–2. Typical B1 Relay Visual Inspection Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

4 Verify that normally open co-acting contacts meet squarely and simultaneously<br />

when relay is energized. Contacts should have wipe as armature goes through<br />

to its front stop.<br />

When relay is deenergized, normally closed contacts should meet squarely and<br />

simultaneously. Contacts should have wipe as armature goes to its backstop.<br />

During pick up and drop away, armature must move freely on its bearing plate.<br />

5 If components inside the cover are loose, mis-aligned, or required cleaning,<br />

remove and replace the relay.<br />

6 If a relay is removed for any reason during the inspection procedure, the<br />

mechanical tests in Section 6 may be performed as specified. The relay may not<br />

be returned to service until the operating characteristics and conditions are in<br />

accordance with <strong>Alstom</strong> ED sheet specifications.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–5 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

Table 4–3. Vane Relay Visual Inspection Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Check that the relay cover and seal are not cracked, broken or discolored.<br />

2 Verify that relay components are not loose inside the cover.<br />

PUSHER<br />

BACK CONTACT<br />

HEEL CONTACT<br />

FRONT CONTACT<br />

CONTACT PRONGS<br />

BASE<br />

CONTACT GROUP<br />

PRESSURE PLATES<br />

STOP PLATES<br />

SHOCK INDICATOR<br />

SHAFT BEARING<br />

COUNTER WEIGHT<br />

VANE<br />

LOCAL COIL WINDING<br />

3 Verify the contacting surfaces are clean, smooth, and not bent or mis-aligned.<br />

Relay vane must not contact either local or track lamina in any position of the<br />

vane.<br />

4 Verify that normally open co-acting contacts meet squarely and simultaneously<br />

when relay is energized. Contacts should have wipe as vane goes through to its<br />

front stop.<br />

When relay is deenergized, normally closed contacts should meet squarely and<br />

simultaneously. Contacts should have wipe as vane meets its backstop.<br />

During pick up and drop away, vane must move freely in its jewel bearings.<br />

There should be no indication of friction or binding in the bearings.<br />

If any friction or binding is observed the relay must be removed and replaced.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–6 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

Table 4–3. Vane Relay Visual Inspection Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

5 If components inside the cover are loose, mis-aligned, or required cleaning,<br />

remove and replace the relay.<br />

6 If a relay is removed for any reason during the inspection procedure, the<br />

mechanical tests in Section 6 may be performed as specified. The relay may not<br />

be returned to service until the operating characteristics and conditions are in<br />

accordance with <strong>Alstom</strong> ED sheet specifications.<br />

Table 4–4. Microchron II Timer Relay Visual Inspection Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Check that the relay cover and seal are not cracked, broken or discolored. If<br />

any damage is detected, the relay must be removed from service and replaced.<br />

2 Verify that relay components are not loose inside the cover.<br />

3 See that the contacting surfaces are clean, not bent or mis-aligned.<br />

4 If prongs are dirty, clean by burnishing,<br />

5 If components inside the cover are loose, mis-aligned, or require cleaning,<br />

remove and replace the relay.<br />

If a relay is removed for any reason during the inspection procedure, the<br />

corrective maintenance in Section 6 must be performed as specified.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–7 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

Table 4–5. Miscellaneous Relay Visual Inspection Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Check that the relay cover and seal are not cracked, broken or discolored.<br />

2 Verify that relay components are not loose inside the cover.<br />

Many components are common to all B1 and B2 relays, reference Section 7 for<br />

drawings of specific relay components.<br />

3 Verify any contacting surfaces are clean, smooth, and not bent or mis-aligned.<br />

4 For relays with flexible connectors, the connectors must be intact and must not<br />

touch any adjacent parts.<br />

Any coils must be secured in place and in good condition.<br />

5 Verify that normally open co-acting contacts meet squarely and simultaneously<br />

when relay is energized. Contacts should have wipe as armature goes through<br />

to its front stop.<br />

When relay is deenergized, normally closed contacts should meet squarely and<br />

simultaneously. Contacts should have wipe as armature goes to its backstop.<br />

During pick up and drop away, armature must move freely on its bearing plate.<br />

6 If components inside the cover are loose, mis-aligned, or required cleaning,<br />

remove and replace the relay.<br />

7 If a relay is removed for any reason during the inspection procedure, the<br />

mechanical tests in Section 6 may be performed as specified. The relay may not<br />

be returned to service until the operating characteristics and conditions are in<br />

accordance with <strong>Alstom</strong> ED sheet specifications.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–8 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5. ELECTRICAL TESTS<br />

Electrical tests are made to verify the operating current values and to check contact<br />

resistances of the relay. If the relay does not operate at the proper values, readjust the<br />

relay to the readjustment values specified on the relay ED sheets. Relay drawing and<br />

catalog numbers can be used with Appendix A to look up the Engineering Data (ED)<br />

Sheet number. To determine a relay's drawing or catalog number, refer to Heading<br />

1.2.2., Identification.<br />

See Table 4–6 for a summary of relay specific electrical test procedures included in this<br />

manual.<br />

WARNING<br />

NOTIFY AND OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM CENTRAL CONTROL<br />

PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY ELECTRICAL TESTS ON RELAYS.<br />

DURING THE ELECTRICAL TESTS RELAYS ARE INTENTIONALLY,<br />

MANUALLY ACTIVATED. THIS ACTIVATION AFFECTS THE RELAY<br />

CIRCUIT(S) AND POSES A POTENTIAL THREAT TO RAIL SAFETY. IT<br />

MAY PROVIDE FALSE INFORMATION, INTERRUPT OPERATION, AND<br />

CAUSE ALARMS TO INADVERTENTLY SOUND AND/OR BE<br />

DISPLAYED. TAKE ALL STEPS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE SAFE<br />

PASSAGE OF TRAFFIC IS MAINTAINED.<br />

NOTIFY CENTRAL CONTROL WHEN TESTING IS COMPLETE AND<br />

THE RELAY IS BACK IN OPERATION.<br />

To power most B1relays, apply a variable current source to the coil leads, refer to the<br />

specific relay wiring diagram in Section 2. To power an AC vane relay, see Table 4–8.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–9 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

Table 4–6. Electrical Test Procedures<br />

Electrical Test Procedure<br />

Table<br />

AC Light-Out Relay Test Procedure 4–7<br />

AC Vane Relay Test Procedure 4–8<br />

Biased-Neutral Relay Test Procedure 4–9<br />

Code-Responsive Relay Test Procedure 4–10<br />

Code Rate Transmitter Relay Test Procedure 4–11<br />

Magnetic-Stick Relay Test Procedure 4–12<br />

Microchron II Timer Relay Test Procedure 4–13<br />

Neutral Relay Test Procedure 4–14<br />

Polarized Relay Test Procedure 4–15<br />

Power-Transfer Relay Test Procedure 4–16<br />

Switch-Overload Relay Test Procedure 4–17<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–10 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5.1. AC Light-Out Relay Test<br />

The AC Light-Out Relay is available in two coil configurations:<br />

• A pair of low resistance coils wired in series<br />

• A low resistance coil and high resistance coil<br />

To obtain DROPAWAY, PICKUP, and WORKING current values follow the procedure in<br />

Table 4–7.<br />

Table 4–7. AC Light-Out Relay Test Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Perform the visual inspection procedure in Table 4–2.<br />

2 Saturate the relay coils with current at the value shown on the <strong>Relays</strong> ED sheet.<br />

Coils are connected in series unless otherwise indicated.<br />

3 Slowly decrease current and obtain DROPAWAY, which is the value at which<br />

the back contacts just make.<br />

4 Open circuit.<br />

5 Close circuit and slowly increase the current to obtain PICKUP, which is the<br />

value at which the front contacts just make.<br />

6 Continue to slowly increase the current to obtain WORKING current, which is<br />

the value at which the armature is against the front stop. Frequently the PICKUP<br />

and WORKING current values are the same.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–11 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5.2. AC Vane Relay Test<br />

To test a two-element vane relay follow the procedure provided in Table 4–8. To<br />

operate the text fixture see Appendix C.<br />

Table 4–8. AC Vane Relay Test Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Perform the visual inspection procedure in Table 4–3.<br />

2 Connect the relay, meters and transformer, if required, to the Vane Relay Test<br />

Unit.<br />

LINE<br />

EARTH<br />

NEUTRAL<br />

POWER<br />

12 11<br />

SW1<br />

FUSE<br />

2A<br />

TP1<br />

SW2<br />

12<br />

11<br />

LINE/TRACK<br />

POWER<br />

Rs<br />

FINE<br />

100 OHMS<br />

AC SUPPLY LINE<br />

SW-1<br />

POWER<br />

ON<br />

LINE/TRACK<br />

POWER<br />

Rp<br />

COURSE<br />

250 OHMS<br />

R1<br />

50 OHMS<br />

22<br />

21 SHUNT<br />

12 11<br />

SW3<br />

SHUNT<br />

11 12<br />

SW4<br />

CURRENT<br />

VOLTS<br />

COIL<br />

2 ELEMENT VANE RELAY<br />

COIL<br />

VOLTS<br />

CURRENT<br />

– + + – – + + – – + + -<br />

AMMETER<br />

0-250 mA<br />

VOLTMETER<br />

0-150 VOLTS<br />

11<br />

14<br />

12<br />

13<br />

LOCAL<br />

R<br />

TRACK<br />

61<br />

64<br />

62<br />

63<br />

VOLTMETER<br />

0-150 VOLTS<br />

AMMETER<br />

0-2 AMPS<br />

LOCAL<br />

TRACK<br />

3 Carefully adjust supply voltage (a tapped transformer is one means) so that the<br />

local element of the relay has the rated voltage imposed.<br />

Stabilize relay for at least one hour before taking electrical values with nominal<br />

voltage on the local element.<br />

Make allowance for the voltage drop across the milliammeter. Obtain local<br />

element readings.<br />

4 Shunt the local milliammeter and adjust the local element voltage so that the<br />

rated voltage is impressed. Hold this value constant during test.<br />

5 No voltmeter is required for the track element, as DROPAWAY, DROPAWAY to<br />

stop, PICKUP, and WORKING are expressed in current values.<br />

6 While holding the voltage on the local element constant at its rated value and<br />

with the relay in its normal position, vary the track element current by moving<br />

the slider on the potentiometer or adjustable resistor. Determine the<br />

DROPAWAY, DROPAWAY to stop, PICKUP, and WORKING current values for<br />

the track element.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–12 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5.3. Biased-Neutral Relay Test<br />

Use the procedure in Table 4–9 to verify biased-neutral relay performance.<br />

Table 4–9. Biased-Neutral Relay Test Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Perform the B1 relay visual inspection procedure in Table 4–2.<br />

2 Saturate the relay coils with current at the value shown on the <strong>Relays</strong> ED sheet.<br />

Coils are connected in series unless otherwise indicated.<br />

3 Slowly decrease current and obtain DROPAWAY, which is the value at which<br />

the back contacts just make.<br />

4 Open circuit.<br />

5 Close circuit and slowly increase the current to obtain PICKUP, which is the<br />

value at which the front contacts just make.<br />

6 Continue to slowly increase the current to obtain WORKING current, which is<br />

the value at which the armature is against the front stop. Frequently the PICKUP<br />

and WORKING current values are the same.<br />

7 All biased-neutral relays are designed to ensure that they will not pick up when<br />

50 times normal WORKING voltage is applied in the reverse direction.<br />

Apply 50 times the normal WORKING voltage in the reverse direction. Relay<br />

should not pick up.<br />

If the relay picks up, remove it from service.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–13 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5.4. Code-Responsive Relay Test<br />

To obtain operating values for the code-responsive relay follow the procedure in<br />

Table 4–10.<br />

Table 4–10. Code-Responsive Relay Test Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Perform the visual inspection procedure in Table 4–5.<br />

2 Saturate relay coils at current value specified on specific ED sheet.<br />

3 Operate relay several times by opening and closing circuit.<br />

4 Slowly reduce current to obtain DROPAWAY value. Two readings of<br />

DROPAWAY values should be taken, one to close back contacts and the other<br />

to allow the armature to touch its backstop pin.<br />

5 Open the circuit, close the circuit, and then slowly increase the current to obtain<br />

PICKUP and WORKING values. PICKUP is the current value at which the front<br />

contacts just close. WORKING is the current value at which the armature in the<br />

fully energized position is up against the stop.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–14 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5.5. Code Rate Transmitter Relay Test<br />

To verify the code rate transmission in Cycles Per Minute (CPM), also referred to as the<br />

timing test, follow the procedure in Table 4–11.<br />

Table 4–11. Code Rate Transmitter Relay Test Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Perform the visual inspection procedure in Table 4–5.<br />

2 Apply power to the relay: connect the electric counter through one set of<br />

contacts, operating the code rate transmitter relay at rated voltage (refer to the<br />

relay ED sheet).<br />

IN<br />

10V<br />

DC<br />

+<br />

CONTACT ON<br />

CODE TRANSMITTER<br />

–<br />

PR1<br />

ELECTRIC COUNTER<br />

3 Connect a timer or oscilloscope to the time contacts. Verify that the time<br />

contacts remain closed at least 25.5 seconds during a one-minute run (42.5%<br />

min.).<br />

3 Determine the number of times the circuit is closed during one minute, this value<br />

is the code rate.<br />

4 With voltage at normal voltage, 10 percent below and 20 percent over normal<br />

rated voltage, and at 75% of rated voltage the code rate in Cycles Per Minute<br />

(CPM) must be held within the following limits unless the associated ED sheet<br />

indicates otherwise.<br />

Nominal Code<br />

Rate<br />

At Normal Volts At 10% Under or 20%<br />

over Normal Volts<br />

At 75% of Rated<br />

Volts<br />

50 ±1 ±2 ±5<br />

75 ±2 ±3 ±5<br />

120 ±2 ±3 ±5<br />

180 ±2 ±3 ±5<br />

220 ±2 ±3 ±5<br />

270 ±2 ±3 ±5<br />

6 To check starting voltage, gradually increase the voltage across the coil<br />

terminals and note the voltage when the rotor begins oscillation. This voltage<br />

should be within the ED sheet limit.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–15 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5.6. Magnetic-Stick Relay Test<br />

To verify the performance of the magnetic-stick relay, follow the procedure in<br />

Table 4–12.<br />

Table 4–12. Magnetic-Stick Relay Test Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Perform the visual inspection procedure in Table 4–5.<br />

2 Stabilize relay by operating 5 to 10 times, alternately from NORMAL to<br />

REVERSE, at the saturation value specified on relays specific ED sheet.<br />

3 Saturate Reverse at value specified on ED sheet.<br />

4 Gradually reduce current to zero.<br />

5 Reverse polarity and gradually increase current to point where armature moves<br />

to normal contacts. Without further increase in current, armature must proceed<br />

through to full normal position against stop. This is the NORMAL PICKUP and<br />

WORKING current and must be within the limits specified on ED sheet.<br />

6 Saturate normal at value specified on ED sheet.<br />

7 Gradually reduce current to zero.<br />

8 Reverse polarity and gradually increase current to point where armature moves<br />

to Reverse contacts. Without further increase in current, armature must proceed<br />

through to full reverse position against stop. This is the REVERSE PICKUP and<br />

WORKING current and must be within the limits specified on the ED sheet.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–16 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5.7. Microchron II Timer Relay Test<br />

Follow the procedure in Table 4–13 to perform the electrical test on either the AC<br />

Microchron II Timer Relay or the Microchron II Timer (DC) Relay.<br />

Table 4–13. Microchron II Timer Relay Test Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Perform the visual inspection procedure in Table 4–4.<br />

2 Remove the timer electronics by following the procedure provided in<br />

Table 6–12.<br />

3 To power the relay, apply a variable current source to the coil leads (one coming<br />

from each relay coil), utilizing a meter tip plug to interface the current source<br />

with the female cap connectors on the coil leads.<br />

4 Apply saturation current as listed on the ED sheet for the relay.<br />

5 Slowly decrease current to relay to find the DROPAWAY value. This is visually<br />

determined by seeing the back contacts just make. Record this current value.<br />

6 Remove relay power.<br />

7 Reapply relay power and increase the output from the current source until the<br />

relay just makes its front contacts. Read the PICKUP value. Record this current<br />

value, this is the WORKING current.<br />

NOTE<br />

At this current value, the stop screw (residual screw) in the<br />

armature should continue to move until it hits the core surface.<br />

8 Compare measured values of the two currents with the ED sheet readjustment<br />

value. If these values are within the limits of the ED sheet, the relay is properly<br />

adjusted. If not, recheck adjustments against the foregoing instructions and<br />

retest the relay as per Steps 3 through 7.<br />

9 After the relay is checked and/or readjusted, reassemble the timer electronics<br />

by following the procedure provided in Table 6–13.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–17 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5.8. Neutral Relay Test<br />

To obtain DROPAWAY, PICKUP, and WORKING current values follow the procedure<br />

provided in Table 4–14.<br />

Table 4–14. Neutral Relay Test Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Perform the visual inspection procedure in Table 4–2.<br />

2 Saturate the relay coils with current at the value shown on the <strong>Relays</strong> ED sheet.<br />

Coils are connected in series unless otherwise indicated.<br />

3 Slowly decrease current and obtain DROPAWAY, which is the value at which<br />

the back contacts just make.<br />

4 Open circuit.<br />

5 Close circuit and slowly increase the current to obtain PICKUP, which is the<br />

value at which the front contacts just make.<br />

6 Continue to slowly increase the current to obtain WORKING current, which is<br />

the value at which the armature is against the front stop. Frequently the PICKUP<br />

and WORKING current values are the same.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–18 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5.9. Polarized Relay Test<br />

To obtain the operating values of polarized relays follow the procedure provided in<br />

Table 4–15.<br />

Table 4–15. Polarized Relay Test Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Perform the visual inspection procedure in Table 4–2.<br />

2 Stabilize relay by operating 5 to 10 times, alternately from Normal to Reverse, at<br />

the saturation value specified on relays specific ED sheet.<br />

3 Saturate Reverse at value specified on ED sheet.<br />

4 Gradually reduce current to zero.<br />

5 Reverse polarity and gradually increase current to point where armature moves<br />

to normal contacts. Without further increase in current, armature must proceed<br />

through to full normal position against stop. This is the NORMAL PICKUP and<br />

WORKING current and must be within the limits specified on ED sheet.<br />

6 Saturate Normal at value specified on ED sheet.<br />

7 Gradually reduce current to zero.<br />

8 Reverse polarity and gradually increase current to point where armature moves<br />

to reverse contacts. Without further increase in current, armature must proceed<br />

through to full reverse position against stop. This is the REVERSE PICKUP and<br />

WORKING current and must be within the limits specified on the ED sheet.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–19 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5.10. Power-Transfer Relay Test<br />

Follow the procedure in Table 4–16 to test a Power-Transfer Relay. See specific ED<br />

sheet for exact details.<br />

Table 4–16. Power-Transfer Relay Test Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Perform the visual inspection procedure in Table 4–2.<br />

2 Apply power to the relay.<br />

3 Use this circuit for testing power-transfer relays:<br />

110 V<br />

60 Hz<br />

12 V<br />

MAX.<br />

0-15 V<br />

AC<br />

V<br />

RELAY UNDER TEST<br />

3B<br />

3A<br />

3C<br />

3D<br />

RECTIFIER<br />

Drawing No. 59899-005-03<br />

4 See specific ED sheet for specifications.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–20 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.5.11. Switch-Overload Relay Test<br />

The switch-overload relay requires special adjustment. See specific ED sheet for exact<br />

details and operating values.<br />

Table 4–17. Switch-Overload Relay Test Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Perform the visual inspection procedure in Table 4–2.<br />

2 See specific ED sheet for specifications.<br />

3 Apply the minimum specified operating current to the terminals of the pick up<br />

winding (low resistance) with positive energy on 3C and negative energy on 3D.<br />

After 1½ minutes back off overpressure spring until relay picks. Lock spring at<br />

this setting.<br />

4 Allow relay to cool at least 10 minutes.<br />

5 Apply the minimum specified operating current to the terminals of the pick up<br />

winding for 1½ minutes. Relay must not pick. After 1½ minutes, quickly increase<br />

current to maximum pick up current. Relay must pick up. Remove power.<br />

6 Check high resistance winding to insure the PICKUP and WORKING current<br />

value is within specified limits.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–21 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Preventive Maintenance<br />

4.6. TIMING TESTS<br />

4.6.1. Code Rate Transmitter Relay Timing Test<br />

The Code rate Transmitter Relay Timing Test is performed to check that the code rate<br />

transmitter relay contacts remain closed for the proper length of time. This test is<br />

included in Table 4–11, Code Rate Transmitter Relay Test Procedure.<br />

4.6.2. Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Timing Test<br />

The Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Timing Test is performed during the Microchron II<br />

Timer Relay (DC) installation procedure in Table 3–3.<br />

To verify that the relay timing is within limits, see Step 10 to determine the pre-selected<br />

relay timing by inspecting the thumbwheel settings and follow Step 11 to perform the<br />

test.<br />

4.6.3. AC Microchron II Timer Relay Timing Test<br />

The AC Microchron II Timer Relay Timing Test is performed during the AC Microchron II<br />

Timer Relay installation procedure in Table 3–5.<br />

To verify that the relay timing is within limits, see Step 8 to determine the pre-selected<br />

relay timing by inspecting the thumbwheel settings and follow Step 9 to perform the test.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 4–22 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Troubleshooting<br />

5. SECTION 5 – TROUBLESHOOTING<br />

5.1. GENERAL PHILOSOPHY<br />

Troubleshooting helps to determine defective parts of equipment requiring repair or<br />

replacement. This is done through fault isolation diagrams and special instructions.<br />

5.2. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING<br />

General troubleshooting can be summarized as follows:<br />

• Understand and define the problem.<br />

• Confirm the problem.<br />

• Isolate the fault.<br />

• Perform corrective action.<br />

• Verify system operation.<br />

Standard troubleshooting, such as verifying wiring and energy, can be used to identify a<br />

failure.<br />

It is recommended that the following items be checked when troubleshooting a <strong>Type</strong> B<br />

relay problem:<br />

• Current Test Post (E Post) - check for tightness of spanner nut (if present, not all B<br />

relays have this post)<br />

• Plugboard Contacts - check that relay is properly seated<br />

• Voltage – check that it is provided to the coil<br />

5.3. RELAY TROUBLESHOOTING TOOLS<br />

See Appendix C for a summary of B relay tools.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 5–1 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Troubleshooting<br />

5.4. FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING<br />

Troubleshooting procedures are provided in a logical order. The procedures must be<br />

performed in the given order to be correct. Any deviation from the order can result in an<br />

incorrect diagnosis or indication. This section covers only those troubles most frequently<br />

encountered during equipment operation. If a specific concern occurs that does not<br />

appear in this section, refer to the appropriate functional description in Section 2, and<br />

isolate the problem to a listed functional area or to a defective assembly or<br />

subassembly.<br />

Troubleshooting diagrams, in the form of fault isolation diagrams begin with a<br />

malfunction symptom. Then, based on observation/tests by the maintainer, the<br />

diagrams branch out to isolate probable causes of the malfunction. When a malfunction<br />

is external, a reference is given to refer the maintainer to the probable fault area for<br />

further troubleshooting.<br />

NOTE<br />

After performing replacements, repairs, or adjustments the maintainer<br />

must repeat the troubleshooting procedure.<br />

Troubleshooting symbols are described in Table 5–1. Fault isolation diagrams are<br />

provided as follows:<br />

• Figure 5–1, DC Relay Does Not Pick<br />

• Figure 5–2, DC Relay Does Not Release<br />

• Figure 5–3, AC Vane Relay Does Not Pick<br />

• Figure 5–4, AC Vane Relay Does Not Release<br />

• Figure 5–5, Microchron II Timer Relay (DC or AC) Does Not Pick<br />

• Figure 5–6, Microchron II Timer Relay (DC or AC) Does Not Pick<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 5–2 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Troubleshooting<br />

Table 5–1. Troubleshooting Symbols<br />

Symbol<br />

Explanation<br />

Malfunction statement as derived from operator's report.<br />

Basic instruction for preparation of a test, procedure, or<br />

observation. The action taken results in a diagnostic<br />

decision.<br />

Result from previous action, which is answered yes or no. If<br />

result is within tolerance, answer yes. If not, answer no. Do<br />

not consider any gray areas between yes and no.<br />

Final step of instructions involving corrective measures.<br />

Reference publication indicates suspected problem area.<br />

Special instruction for continuation of troubleshooting<br />

diagram at referenced location.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 5–3 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Troubleshooting<br />

5.4.1. DC Relay Troubleshooting<br />

DC RELAY DOES<br />

NOT PICK UP<br />

CHECK FOR CORRECT<br />

VOLTAGE AT RELAY<br />

TEST TERMINALS<br />

(SEE WIRING DIAGRAM)<br />

YES<br />

OK?<br />

NO<br />

DOES<br />

RELAY HAVE<br />

SUPRESSOR UNIT?<br />

NO<br />

CHECK BOOK OF<br />

PLANS FOR<br />

RELAY LOGIC<br />

CIRCUITRY<br />

YES<br />

REPLACE SUPPRESSOR<br />

UNIT AND CHECK<br />

THAT RELAY PICKS UP<br />

YES<br />

OK?<br />

NO<br />

FAULT<br />

CORRECTED<br />

CHECK FOR CORRECT<br />

VOLTAGE AT RELAY<br />

COIL TERMINALS<br />

(I.E. 3D, 3C, 3B, 3A, SEE<br />

WIRING DIAGRAM))<br />

YES<br />

OK?<br />

NO<br />

REPLACE<br />

RELAY<br />

REPAIR RELAY<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

WIRING<br />

Figure 5–1. DC Relay Does Not Pick<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 5–4 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Troubleshooting<br />

DC RELAY DOES<br />

NOT RELEASE<br />

CHECK FOR VOLTAGE<br />

PRESENT AT RELAY<br />

TEST TERMINALS<br />

(SEE WIRING DIAGRAM)<br />

YES<br />

OK?<br />

NO<br />

REFER TO<br />

BOOK OF PLANS<br />

FOR RELAY<br />

LOGIC<br />

CIRCUITRY<br />

REPLACE<br />

RELAY<br />

Figure 5–2. DC Relay Does Not Release<br />

NOTE<br />

Failure of a DC Relay to release with no voltage applied to the terminals<br />

could indicate a potential safety failure. Record the conditions and notify<br />

<strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling customer service as soon as possible.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 5–5 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Troubleshooting<br />

5.4.2. AC Vane Relay Troubleshooting<br />

AC VANE RELAY<br />

DOES NOT PICK UP<br />

CHECK FOR<br />

SPECIFIED TRACK<br />

VOLTAGE<br />

OK?<br />

NO<br />

REFER TO<br />

BOOK OF PLANS<br />

FOR RELAY<br />

LOGIC<br />

CIRCUITRY<br />

YES<br />

REMOVE RELAY FROM<br />

PLUG BOARD AND CHECK<br />

FOR SPECIFIED<br />

LOCAL VOLTAGE<br />

YES<br />

OK?<br />

NO<br />

REPLACE<br />

RELAY<br />

REPAIR<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

WIRING<br />

Figure 5–3. AC Vane Relay Does Not Pick<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 5–6 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Troubleshooting<br />

AC VANE RELAY<br />

DOES NOT<br />

RELEASE<br />

VOLTAGE<br />

PRESENT<br />

BETWEEN<br />

TERMINALS 1E<br />

AND 6E<br />

YES<br />

RELAY OPERATION<br />

IS NORMAL;<br />

REFER TO BOOK OF<br />

PLANS FOR RELAY<br />

LOGIC CIRCUITRY<br />

NO<br />

REPLACE<br />

RELAY<br />

Figure 5–4. AC Vane Relay Does Not Release<br />

NOTE<br />

Failure of an AC Relay to release with no voltage applied to the terminals<br />

could indicate a potential safety failure. Record the conditions and notify<br />

<strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling customer service as soon as possible.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 5–7 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Troubleshooting<br />

5.4.3. Microchron II Timer Relay Troubleshooting<br />

Both the AC and DC versions of the Microchron II Timer Relay contain a red LED and a<br />

green LED.<br />

The Red LED indicator is the TIMING/POWER ON indicator. It is lit when power is first<br />

applied. It will begin blinking OFF/ON at 1.0 second intervals until the delay set on the<br />

switches has expired. On the AC Microchron II Timer Relay, the final blink will be slightly<br />

quicker or longer depending on the tenth of second switch setting. Then the Red LED<br />

illuminates steady when the timing cycle is complete and power remains supplied.<br />

The Green LED indicator is the DELAY COMPLETE indicator. It is lit at the end of a<br />

delay. Once the delay has expired, the power that is driven through the <strong>Vital</strong> Relay<br />

Driver (VRD) tuned circuit to the vital relay also drives the Green LED to indicate the<br />

end of the delay.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the Microchron II Timer Relay completes its time cycle and the green<br />

LED illuminates, but the relay does not pick, check the relay coil<br />

connections.<br />

Failure of the green LED to illuminate, combined with a lack of relay<br />

energy following a correct timing interval could indicate a failure of the vital<br />

driver circuit.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 5–8 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Troubleshooting<br />

MICROCHRON II<br />

TIMER RELAY DOES<br />

NOT PICK UP<br />

DOES GREEN LED<br />

ILLUMINATE<br />

(OR BLINK)?<br />

YES<br />

DOES RED LED<br />

ILLUMINATE WHEN<br />

TIMING CYCLE IS<br />

COMPLETE AND POWER<br />

REMAINS SUPPLIED?<br />

OK?<br />

NO<br />

CHECK FOR CORRECT<br />

VOLTAGE AT TEST<br />

TERMINALS<br />

(SEE WIRING DIAGRAM)<br />

YES<br />

OK?<br />

NO NO<br />

OK?<br />

YES<br />

YES<br />

DID POWER<br />

REMAIN<br />

SUPPLIED?<br />

NO<br />

NO<br />

DOES RELAY<br />

HAVE FILTER<br />

UNIT?<br />

YES<br />

REPLACE FILTER<br />

UNIT AND CHECK<br />

RELAY PICKS AFTER<br />

DELAY<br />

CHECK BOOK OF<br />

PLANS FOR<br />

RELAY LOGIC<br />

CIRCUITRY<br />

CHECK FOR CORRECT<br />

VOLTAGE AT RELAY<br />

COIL TERMINALS<br />

(I.E. 51, 52, SEE WIRING<br />

DIAGRAM)<br />

YES<br />

OK?<br />

NO<br />

NO<br />

NO<br />

OK?<br />

YES<br />

REPLACE<br />

RELAY<br />

REPAIR RELAY<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

WIRING<br />

FAULT<br />

CORRECTED<br />

Figure 5–5. Microchron II Timer Relay (AC or DC) Does Not Pick<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 5–9 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Troubleshooting<br />

MICROCHRON II<br />

TIMER RELAY DOES<br />

NOT RELEASE<br />

NO<br />

IS RED LED<br />

ILLUMINATED?<br />

YES<br />

CHECK FOR VOLTAGE<br />

PRESENT AT RELAY<br />

TEST TERMINALS<br />

(SEE WIRING DIAGRAM)<br />

NO<br />

OK?<br />

YES<br />

REPLACE<br />

RELAY<br />

REFER TO BOOK OF<br />

PLANS FOR<br />

RELAY LOGIC<br />

CIRCUITRY<br />

Figure 5–6. Microchron II Timer Relay (AC or DC) Does Not Release<br />

NOTE<br />

Failure of a Microchron II Timer Relay to release with no voltage applied to<br />

the terminals could indicate a potential safety failure. Record the<br />

conditions and notify <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling customer service as soon as<br />

possible.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 5–10 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

6. SECTION 6 – CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE<br />

6.1. GENERAL PURPOSE<br />

This section describes corrective maintenance procedures for <strong>Type</strong> B relays. Corrective<br />

maintenance is intended to restore malfunctioning equipment to an operable condition<br />

as quickly as possible. The procedures included in this section include:<br />

• Relay Removal and Replacement Procedures to remove relays not meeting<br />

inspection or electrical criteria<br />

• Relay Wiring Change Procedures for plugboards and terminals<br />

• Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedures for relays removed from service<br />

Specifications for testing and inspecting all <strong>Alstom</strong> relays are given on relay Engineering<br />

Data (ED) sheets. Relay drawing and catalog numbers can be used with Appendix A to<br />

look up the Engineering Data (ED) Sheet number. To determine a relay's drawing or<br />

catalog number, refer to Heading 1.2.2., Identification For copies of ED sheets, consult<br />

your <strong>Alstom</strong> Sales Representative or <strong>Alstom</strong> Customer Service.<br />

Table 6–1. Corrective Maintenance Procedures<br />

Description<br />

Table<br />

B Relay Removal and Replacement Procedure 6–2<br />

Terminal Removal Procedure 6–3<br />

Terminal Installation Procedure 6–4<br />

Terminal Soldering Procedure 6–5<br />

Terminal Crimping Procedure 6–6<br />

Insulator Removal and Installation Procedure 6–7<br />

Current Test Terminal Wiring Procedure 6–8<br />

Voltage Test Terminal Wiring Procedure 6–9<br />

Relay Structure Inspection Procedure 6–10<br />

Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure (for standard B1 and<br />

B2 relays)<br />

6–11<br />

Microchron II Timer Electronics Removal Procedure 6–12<br />

Microchron II Timer Electronics Replacement Procedure 6–13<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–1 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

6.2. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TOOLS<br />

See Appendix C for a summary of B relay tools.<br />

The Shop Test Rack, P/N 56573-002-01, is used to test relays in the shop. See<br />

Appendix C for details about the Shop Test Rack.<br />

6.3. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES<br />

6.3.1. B Relay Removal and Replacement<br />

Table 6–2. B Relay Removal and Replacement Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 To remove the B relay, loosen and remove two lock nuts from two guide rods.<br />

LOCK NUTS<br />

GUIDE RODS<br />

KNURLED<br />

NUTS<br />

2 Loosen and remove two knurled nuts from two guide rods.<br />

3 Grasping relay top and bottom with both hands, rock slightly from side to side to<br />

release the relay from plug connection. Remove relay.<br />

If an adjacent relay prohibits grasping the relay on top and bottom, use handle<br />

on front to pull relay along guide rods.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–2 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–2. B Relay Removal and Replacement Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

4 Check that the replacement relay is correct by verifying that the part number on<br />

the nameplate of relay matches the number on the plugboard registration plate.<br />

Remove nametag from defective relay and install on replacement relay.<br />

REGISTRATION<br />

PLATE NUMBER<br />

NAME<br />

PLATE<br />

NAMETAG<br />

TEST DATA<br />

FORM<br />

5 To replace the B relay, grasp the relay by the top and bottom of the cover; slide<br />

it onto the guide rods.<br />

If adjacent relay prohibits grasping of relay on top and bottom, use the handle<br />

on the front to push the relay along the guides.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–3 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–2. B Relay Removal and Replacement Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

6 Press the relay firmly into place so that the back of the relay is snug against its<br />

plugboard.<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

RELAY<br />

BASE<br />

CAUTION<br />

Do not exert excessive pressure on the relay. Pressure greater<br />

than finger pressure could damage relay or plugboard.<br />

7 Hold the relay in this position with one hand while putting on the knurled<br />

retaining nuts. The nuts should be tightened only until they just touch the end of<br />

the tube, but do not exert pressure against the relay.<br />

TUBE<br />

GUIDE ROD<br />

KNURLED<br />

NUTS<br />

KNURLED<br />

NUTS<br />

CAUTION<br />

DO NOT use the retaining nuts to pull the insulators and prongs<br />

into engagement.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–4 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–2. B Relay Removal and Replacement Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

8 Screw on the lock nuts, holding the retaining nuts with the fingers to prevent<br />

their turning while tightening the lock nuts with an AAR wrench.<br />

LOCK NUTS<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–5 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

6.4. WIRING AND PLUGBOARD CHANGES<br />

6.4.1. Terminal Removal and Installation<br />

To remove a terminal, follow the procedure in Table 6–3 in the order provided.<br />

Follow the procedure in Table 6–4 to install a terminal.<br />

Table 6–3. Terminal Removal Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Insert extractor P/N 59688-000-00 to raise the lock tab of the terminal so that it<br />

clears the shoulder on the insulator.<br />

SPRING BEAM<br />

SQUEEZE TOWARDS<br />

INSULATOR TO RELEASE<br />

EXTRACTOR<br />

INSULATOR<br />

LOCKING TAB<br />

LOCKING SHOULDER<br />

2 Pull on wire that is connected to terminal and withdraw terminal from plugboard.<br />

EXTRACTOR<br />

INSULATOR (P/N 59688-000-00)<br />

3 If no wire is attached to terminal, use long-nose pliers to extract terminal.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–6 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–4. Terminal Installation Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Determine in which plugboard slot the terminal belongs.<br />

2 Insert terminal with lock tab against insulator.<br />

SPRING BEAM<br />

SQUEEZE TOWARDS<br />

INSULATOR TO RELEASE<br />

EXTRACTOR<br />

TERMINAL<br />

INSULATOR<br />

LOCKING TAB<br />

LOCKING SHOULDER<br />

Press in until lock tab clicks into place behind shoulder on insulator.<br />

3 Pull on wire to see if terminal is properly locked. This check is particularly<br />

important when using No. 10 wire.<br />

TERMINAL<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–7 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

6.4.2. Terminal Wiring<br />

To wire a solder terminal, follow the procedure in Table 6–5.<br />

Follow the procedure in Table 6–6 to wire a crimped terminal.<br />

Table 6–5. Terminal Soldering Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Ring out the circuit for the right wire. Tag the wire.<br />

2 Strip wire insulation to expose 1/4 inch of bare wire. For wire sizes with outside<br />

diameters between 0.230 - .260 inches, strip off approximately 7/8 inch of the<br />

insulation and slide on rubber sleeve, P/N 35189-033-00, as shown:<br />

ROSIN<br />

CORE<br />

SOLDER<br />

INSULATION<br />

CLAMP<br />

WIRE<br />

CLAMP<br />

SLEEVE<br />

3 Clamp insulated portion of wire in one lug of terminal 55871-019-00.<br />

4 Clamp bare wire in the other lug.<br />

WARNING<br />

MAKE SURE THAT ALL STRANDS OF THE WIRE ARE<br />

CLAMPED UNDER THE LUG. LOOSE STRANDS EXTENDING<br />

THROUGH THE INSULATOR’S SPRING BEAM SLOT COULD<br />

CAUSE A SHORT CIRCUIT TO THE TERMINAL ON THE<br />

OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE INSULATOR.<br />

5 Heat the terminal at the bare wire until a small amount of solder flows to bond<br />

end of bare wire to terminal. Be aware that too much solder will jam lock tab.<br />

6 Proceed the same way to attach a second wire to the same terminal (if<br />

required).<br />

7 Inspect terminal to ensure no loose strands of wire are outside terminal lugs.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–8 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

NOTE<br />

For detailed instruction on use of crimp tool P/N 24745-148-00, including<br />

wire strip length, refer to Instructions Sheet 408-9904, produced by AMP,<br />

the tool manufacturer.<br />

Table 6–6. Terminal Crimping Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Strip wire insulation to expose bare wire to the length specified in the crimp<br />

tool's instruction sheet. Ring out circuit for this wire. Tag the wire.<br />

2 Select terminal 55871-098-00 for 10 - 14 AWG wire; use terminal 55871-074-00<br />

for 16 - 20 AWG wire.<br />

3 Place terminal in crimp tool P/N 24745-148-00, centering the terminal over<br />

correct crimp for AWG wire.<br />

4 Insert bare wire into terminal, keeping all strands inside barrel.<br />

WIRE CRIMP<br />

5 Crimp wire in terminal.<br />

CRIMP TERMINAL<br />

6 Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to attach a second wire to other terminal barrel (if<br />

required).<br />

7 Inspect crimps to ensure no loose strands of wire are outside the barrel of the<br />

terminal.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–9 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

6.4.3. Insulator Removal and Installation<br />

To remove and replace an insulator, follow the steps in Table 6–7 in the order provided.<br />

Table 6–7. Insulator Removal and Installation Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 From the rear of the plugboard, squeeze the locking tab toward the insulator<br />

and push the insulator forward.<br />

LOCKING<br />

TAB<br />

SQUEEZE<br />

TOWARD<br />

INSULATOR<br />

2 Remove the insulator from the front of the plugboard.<br />

3 From the front of the plugboard, insert the new insulator end with the locking tab<br />

first. Push until the insulator is seated and the locking tab engages. The locking<br />

tab clicks when it engages.<br />

4 From the front of the plugboard, tug on the insulator to verify that the locking tab<br />

has engaged.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–10 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

6.4.4. Current Test Terminal Wiring<br />

To wire a current test terminal follow the procedure provided in Table 6–8.<br />

Table 6–8. Current Test Terminal Wiring Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Solder a wire jumper about eight inches long to connector.<br />

2 Pass wire from front of plugboard through hole next to current test terminal. On<br />

B1 plugboards this hole is to the right and below the one marked 3E. On B2<br />

plugboards, it is to the left and below the one marked 6E.<br />

3 Assemble current test terminal as shown:<br />

CONNECTOR<br />

04906-126-00<br />

SPANNER<br />

NUT<br />

TO CABLE<br />

WIRE JUMPER ABOUT<br />

8 INCHES LONG<br />

SOLDER WIRE JUMPER<br />

TO CONNECTOR<br />

TO COIL<br />

TERMINAL<br />

BEND AFTER WIRE<br />

IS ATTACHED<br />

ROSIN CORE SOLDER,<br />

SOLDER HERE<br />

DETAIL OF SOLDERED CONNECTION<br />

4 Slide connector into insulating bushing and at the same time push wire through<br />

hole.<br />

5 Tighten spanner nut with spanner nut wrench, P/N 55393-003-01, for B Relay<br />

Current Test Post (E Post).<br />

6 Bend end of connector against plugboard.<br />

7 Cut jumper wire to proper length and connect it to plugboard terminal. Refer to<br />

the detailed wiring plan.<br />

8 Put a terminal on the wire that comes from the cable and goes to that part of the<br />

test terminal that extends toward the back of plugboard. Connect them as<br />

shown in Step 3.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–11 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

6.4.5. Voltage Test Terminal Wiring<br />

To wire a voltage test terminal follow the procedure provided in Table 6–9.<br />

Table 6–9. Voltage Test Terminal Wiring Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Pass a wire jumper about eight inches long from front of plugboard through hole<br />

next to voltage test terminal. On B1 and B2 plugboards this hole is to the right<br />

and below the one marked 1E. Note that the space is provided on B2<br />

plugboards for more than one test terminal in cases where the coils in a relay<br />

have independent circuits.<br />

2 Put AAR ring terminals on wire and assemble to coil terminal as shown:<br />

TO CABLE<br />

TO COIL<br />

TERMINAL<br />

TO COIL<br />

TERMINAL<br />

WIRE JUMPER ABOUT<br />

8 INCHES LONG<br />

3 Cut jumper wire to proper length and connect it to plugboard terminal. Refer to<br />

the detailed wiring plan.<br />

4 Put terminals on the wires that come from cable and go to that part of test<br />

terminal that extends toward back of the plugboard. Connect them as shown.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–12 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

6.5. MECHANICAL TEST PROCEDURES<br />

The mechanical test procedures are performed to ensure that the relay structure is<br />

properly adjusted. Table 6–10 provides the Relay Structure Inspection Procedure. Table<br />

6–11 provides the Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure.<br />

The mechanical test and adjustment procedures take place with the B relay cover<br />

removed. These procedures include verification of armature air gap, bridge travel and<br />

contact group measurements. Components identified as not meeting defined tolerances<br />

during the relay mechanical test are adjusted during the test procedure. Mechanical<br />

adjustments must be followed by electrical tests to verify relay performance.<br />

WARNING<br />

BREAKING THE RELAY COVER SEAL VOIDS THE WARRANTY ON<br />

THE RELAY.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–13 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

6.5.1. Relay Structure Inspection<br />

Before performing any adjustments or tests on a relay, the relay structure must be<br />

visually inspected. Section 7, Parts List, provides a comprehensive list and illustrations<br />

for all of the components of the typical B relay. This procedure applies to typical B<br />

relays and Microchron II Timer relays.<br />

Table 6–10. Relay Structure Inspection Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 If any of the following conditions are not met, take note of the problem and<br />

correct it during the mechanical test.<br />

NOTE<br />

This procedure includes correcting identified problems. This<br />

procedure must be followed by relay mechanical and electrical<br />

tests.<br />

2 Check that the relay cover and seal are not cracked, broken or discolored.<br />

3 Break the cover seal and unscrew the knurled nuts.<br />

WARNING<br />

BREAKING THE RELAY COVER SEAL VOIDS THE WARRANTY<br />

ON THE RELAY.<br />

GUIDE ROD<br />

TUBE<br />

4 Remove the two round rubber washers and the cover.<br />

KNURLED<br />

NUTS<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–14 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–10. Relay Structure Inspection Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

5 Remove contact group dust shield. Verify that the relay contact groups and<br />

mounting screws are tight. Tighten, if necessary. Replace contact group dust<br />

shield.<br />

COMPRESSION SPRING<br />

COVER<br />

COIL SPRING STUD<br />

ARMATURE STOP SCREW<br />

BRIDGE OR ARM. EXTENSION<br />

PUSHER<br />

BACK CONTACT<br />

HEEL CONTACT<br />

FRONT CONTACT<br />

CONTACT PRONGS<br />

BASE<br />

CONTACT GROUP<br />

PRESSURE PLATES<br />

STOP PLATES<br />

PUSHER JAW<br />

PUSHER RETAINING CLIPS<br />

ROLLER ON FINGER<br />

ARMATURE<br />

ARMATURE<br />

RETAINING<br />

PLATE<br />

ADJ. NUT<br />

LOCK NUT<br />

YOKE<br />

NUT<br />

ARMATURE<br />

BEARING<br />

PLATE<br />

NAME<br />

PLATE<br />

SAFETY<br />

PIN<br />

COIL<br />

REGISTRATION COIL<br />

PLATES PRONGS<br />

ADJUSTABLE RESIDUAL SCREW<br />

CORE<br />

NOTE: SOME PARTS MAY DIFFER IN DETAIL FROM THOSE SHOWN ABOVE BUT NAME<br />

DESIGNATION REMAINS THE SAME.<br />

6 Verify that the pusher retaining clips are properly assembled and do not bind on<br />

pusher, thus allowing free movement of pusher. The pusher clips cannot be<br />

adjusted or reassembled, replace if necessary.<br />

7 Verify that the pusher is not bent, broken or cracked due to being forced on the<br />

bridge (armature extension). Replace, if necessary.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–15 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–10. Relay Structure Inspection Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

8 Verify that each pusher does not rub against the contact springs or stop in any<br />

position. Adjust, if necessary.<br />

9 Verify that the armature does not bind, and rides properly on the armature<br />

bearing plate. Clearance between the front face of the armature and the edge of<br />

the armature retaining plate is .002 inches minimum and .004 inches maximum,<br />

for any position of the armature. Adjust, if necessary.<br />

10 Verify that the compression spring does not rub on stud in any position of the<br />

armature. Adjust, if necessary.<br />

11 Verify that the compression spring fits properly against shoulder on lock nut.<br />

Adjust, if necessary.<br />

12 Verify that the lock nut is properly in place on coil spring stud. Reseat and<br />

tighten, if necessary.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–16 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

6.5.2. Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure<br />

The Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure provided in Table 6–11 applies to<br />

standard B1 and B2 relays, not specialty relays.<br />

Table 6–11. Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Inspect the relay components by following the procedure in Tables 6–10.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the relay is a Microchron II Timer Relay (AC or DC), first remove<br />

the timer using the procedure provided in Table 6–12.<br />

2 Mount the relay onto Shop Test Rack or on a plugboard, supporting it about 18<br />

inches above a bench on a plugboard holding stand.<br />

Secure the relay with two retaining nuts to hold the relay in place.<br />

Example Shop Test Rack<br />

G<br />

16 26 36<br />

15 25 35<br />

14 24 34<br />

13 23 33<br />

12 22 32<br />

11 21 31<br />

46 56 66<br />

45 55 65<br />

44 54 64<br />

43 53 63<br />

42 52 62<br />

41 51 61<br />

E<br />

F<br />

6C<br />

6D<br />

D<br />

C<br />

1C<br />

1D<br />

6C<br />

6D<br />

C<br />

D<br />

A<br />

B<br />

X<br />

This rack is designed for both B1 and B2 relays. One of the guide rods is<br />

removable. For testing B1 relays, screw the removable guide rod into location F.<br />

For testing B2 relays, screw it into location E. Meter leads should have alligator<br />

clips for clipping on to terminal posts G.<br />

3 Proceed with this procedure to check the following areas to verify that all<br />

adjustments are proper: armature air gap, bridge travel, back and front contact<br />

make and break, contact openings and pressures.<br />

4 Energize the relay when required. To power the relay, apply a variable current<br />

source to the coil leads (one coming from each relay coil), utilizing a meter tip<br />

plug to interface the current source with the female cap connectors on the coil<br />

leads. Refer to the relay wiring diagram if necessary.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–17 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–11. Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

5 Verify the armature air gap measurement is as specified on the specific relay’s<br />

ED sheet. A feeler gauge of the same thickness as the specified air gap must<br />

pass freely between the armature and core heads at any point, except at the<br />

fixed safety pins, when the relay is energized.<br />

ARMATURE<br />

CORE<br />

SAFETY PINS<br />

LOCATED AT<br />

THE CORE<br />

HEADS<br />

CORE<br />

6 If the armature air gap is not acceptable, adjust the armature gap with the<br />

adjustable residual screw to obtain the required air gap. The screw must be<br />

locked tight in place by the lock nut provided.<br />

7 Verify the bridge travel measurement is as specified on the specific relay’s ED<br />

sheet.<br />

Use a feeler gauge of the same thickness as the specified air gap to verify the<br />

air gap between the bracket and the armature stop screw when the relay is<br />

energized.<br />

ARMATURE<br />

STOP SCREW<br />

GAP<br />

BRACKET<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–18 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–11. Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

8 If the bridge travel is not acceptable, adjust the bridge travel. Turn the armature<br />

stop screw until the bridge travel measurement is within specification. The screw<br />

must be locked tight in place by the lock nut provided.<br />

Generally, operating values of a relay are easier to obtain when this air gap is<br />

held to the minimum value.<br />

9 Make and break openings for front and back contacts are measured by inserting<br />

the proper thickness gauge between the adjustable residual screw and core<br />

face.<br />

• With the break gauge in place, all specified contacts are open.<br />

• With the make gauge in place, all specified contacts are closed.<br />

2 FRONT<br />

CONTACTS<br />

BACK CONTACT<br />

10 Verify the contact opening measurements meet the specifications indicated in<br />

the appropriate ED sheet.<br />

11 If the contact opening measurements are not acceptable, bend the pressure<br />

plate forcing the contact spring to the proper position to meet the acceptable<br />

make and break values.<br />

With the contact spring properly positioned, the stop plate is bent toward the<br />

contact spring until it just touches the spring. Note that the spring bears against<br />

the pressure plate and touches the stop plate.<br />

If a pressure plate or stop plate is bent too far away from a contact spring, this<br />

can be corrected by bending the plate to stop a little too near the spring and<br />

then bend the plate away from the spring.<br />

12 Use a pressure gauge to verify the contact pressure meets the specifications<br />

indicated in the appropriate ED sheet.<br />

When making contact pressure measurements, place the pressure as close to<br />

the contact as possible (at the center of the extreme outer end of the spring) to<br />

obtain a true reading. Back contact springs must move a minimum of 0.010 inch<br />

from the stop plate; this measurement is taken at the end of the stop plate.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–19 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–11. Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

13 If the contact pressure is not acceptable, manually adjust the pressure plate and<br />

stop plate.<br />

PRESSURE<br />

PLATES<br />

STOP<br />

PLATES<br />

Contact pressure is created by contact follow resisted by the pressure plate.<br />

Contact follow is the total movement of the heel contact caused by the armature<br />

bridge raising the pusher (not affected by pressure or stop plates). Armature<br />

springs (heel contact spring) are adjusted with a down pressure before<br />

assembling the pusher.<br />

The adjustment of the contact group consists of positioning the pressure plate<br />

and stop plate on each stationary spring to ensure the correct amount of contact<br />

follow.<br />

Armature springs on all groups are adjusted with a down pressure.<br />

14 Using a pressure gauge at the adjustable residual screw, check the pressure<br />

required to just raise the bridge stop screw from its stop. Compare pressure<br />

value to the requirements indicated on the ED sheet. Adjust if necessary.<br />

ADJUSTABLE RESIDUAL SCREW<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–20 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–11. Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

15 Check that all armature springs on the contact block are adjusted with a down<br />

pressure. It is important to keep the down pressure about the same on all back<br />

contacts. Each roller on the contact spring bears on the bottom of its slot in the<br />

pusher, when the pusher is raised sufficiently to just open the back contacts.<br />

Typical B Relay<br />

COMPRESSION SPRING<br />

COVER<br />

COIL SPRING STUD<br />

ARMATURE STOP SCREW<br />

BRIDGE OR ARM. EXTENSION<br />

PUSHER<br />

BACK CONTACT<br />

HEEL CONTACT<br />

FRONT CONTACT<br />

CONTACT PRONGS<br />

BASE<br />

CONTACT GROUP<br />

PRESSURE PLATES<br />

STOP PLATES<br />

PUSHER JAW<br />

PUSHER RETAINING CLIPS<br />

ROLLER ON FINGER<br />

ARMATURE<br />

ARMATURE<br />

RETAINING<br />

PLATE<br />

ADJ. NUT<br />

LOCK NUT<br />

YOKE<br />

NUT<br />

ARMATURE<br />

BEARING<br />

PLATE<br />

NAME<br />

PLATE<br />

SAFETY<br />

PIN<br />

COIL<br />

REGISTRATION COIL<br />

PLATES PRONGS<br />

ADJUSTABLE RESIDUAL SCREW<br />

CORE<br />

NOTE: SOME PARTS MAY DIFFER IN DETAIL FROM THOSE SHOWN ABOVE BUT NAME<br />

DESIGNATION REMAINS THE SAME.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–21 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–11. Mechanical Test and Adjustment Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

16 Insert a .010 inch feeler gauge under the armature stop screw to hold the back<br />

contacts open. Using a smaller bar under the bottom of the pusher, gently push<br />

up on the bar to see that the pusher rises slightly, without moving the armature.<br />

While holding the armature in this position, verify that the roller on each heel<br />

spring rests on the bottom of the jaw in the pusher.<br />

17 Adjust the springs, if necessary, so they always open the front contacts in case<br />

of a failure at the bottom end of the pusher.<br />

18 For Microchron II Timer <strong>Relays</strong>, follow the electronics replacement procedure<br />

provided in Table 6–13, and then continue with Step 19.<br />

For all other relays, place the cover on the relay. Verify that the gasket in the<br />

base groove is seated properly and then assemble the two gasket washers over<br />

the relay support tubes. Install and tighten the knurled nuts and apply the seal.<br />

19 Check the contact prong spacing on the back of the relay with the appropriate<br />

gauges: P/N 56260-008-01 and P/N 56260-010-01.<br />

20 Follow the electrical test procedure for the relay, provided in Section 4.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–22 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

6.5.3. Microchron II Timer Relay Electronics Removal and Replacement<br />

Before performing tests on the relay portion of the Microchron II Timer Relay, the timer<br />

electronics must be removed from the relay structure. The timer electronics if referred to<br />

as the Motherboard for the DC version of the relay, and the Timer board for the AC<br />

version.<br />

NOTE<br />

The location of the timer electronics is on the left side of the relay as you<br />

face the front of the DC version of the relay and on the right side of the<br />

relay as you face the front of the AC version of the relay.<br />

Perform the procedures in the sequence provided.<br />

WARNING<br />

BREAKING THE RELAY COVER SEAL VOIDS THE WARRANTY ON<br />

THE RELAY.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–23 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–12. Microchron II Timer Electronics Removal Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 Remove the relay cover and seal.<br />

2 Detach the white, four-position connector, P1 (located close to the relay base)<br />

from the Motherboard (DC version) or Timer board (AC version) by squeezing<br />

the side tabs while firmly pulling it away from the board.<br />

Front View of DC Relay<br />

P1<br />

P2<br />

VIEW SHOWN WITH SWITCH BOARD _<br />

AND BRACKET REMOVED<br />

Top View of AC Relay<br />

(J1)<br />

(P1)<br />

(P2)<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–24 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–12. Microchron II Timer Electronics Removal Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

3 For the AC version of the relay, detach the smaller, white, square shaped 4-<br />

position connector P2 from the bottom of the Thumbwheel board, by squeezing<br />

the side tab while pulling the connector away from the Thumbwheel board.<br />

Locate the black bracket securing the electronics package to the relay base.<br />

Remove and save the two flathead screws that hold the bracket to the base. Put<br />

the two flathead screws and washers in a safe place.<br />

(J1)<br />

(P1)<br />

SCREWS<br />

(P2)<br />

BRACKET<br />

Carefully set the electronics package/bracket assembly aside and continue to<br />

step 5.<br />

For the DC version of the relay, go to step 4.<br />

4 For the DC version of the relay remove the Motherboard and carefully set the<br />

board aside.<br />

NOTE<br />

Always handle printed circuit boards at a static safe station.<br />

Continue to step 5.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–25 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–12. Microchron II Timer Electronics Removal Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

5 Locate the relay coil drive connections within the free hanging, four position (P1)<br />

Motherboard connector.<br />

Side View of AC Relay<br />

1<br />

(P2)<br />

(J1)<br />

34<br />

(P1)<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

6 Relay electrical tests are performed using the wires indicated in Step 5.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–26 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–13. Microchron II Timer Electronics Replacement Procedure<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

1 For the DC version of this relay install the Motherboard and go to Step 5.<br />

NOTE<br />

Always handle printed circuit boards at a static safe station.<br />

For the AC version of this relay, go to Step 2.<br />

2 Place the electronics package/bracket assembly onto the relay base.<br />

3 Confirm that the wires to the white, 4-position connector run through the notch in<br />

the bracket.<br />

4 Use the two flathead screws and washers from Step 3 of Table 6–12, the Timer<br />

Electronics Disconnect and Removal Procedure, to secure the assembly to the<br />

relay base and tighten firmly.<br />

5 Connect the smaller, square shaped, 4-position connector P2 to the<br />

thumbwheel board. The connector is keyed and only fits in one position.<br />

Top View of AC Relay<br />

(J1)<br />

(P1)<br />

(P2)<br />

6 Connect the four-position connector, P1 (located close to the relay base) from<br />

the Motherboard (DC version) or Timer board (AC version).<br />

7 Visually inspect the relay to verify that no wires are pinched between the relay<br />

base and the Motherboard (DC version) or Timer board (AC version).<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–27 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Corrective Maintenance<br />

Table 6–13. Microchron II Timer Electronics Replacement Procedure (Cont.)<br />

Step<br />

Procedure<br />

8 Check for correct operation of the relay.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the relay completes its cycle (showing steady red LED during<br />

cycle) and then the green LED starts blinking but the relay does<br />

not pick, check the relay coil connections.<br />

9 Install the relay cover and seal the relay.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 6–28 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7. SECTION 7 – PARTS CATALOG<br />

7.1. GENERAL<br />

This section identifies and lists the component parts that may be ordered to repair the<br />

<strong>Alstom</strong> family of B relays at the shop level. It also includes a list of the plugboards and<br />

other relay parts required for installation. Parts are identified by drawing number and<br />

catalog number (where available) except for common hardware items that are identified<br />

by a generic description. All drawing numbers consist of 10 digits. Drawing numbers are<br />

equivalent to part numbers. Some parts do not have a catalog number.<br />

7.2. PARTS LIST<br />

Each illustration of B relay components is followed by a parts list giving part description,<br />

drawing number and catalog numbers of replaceable parts. Index numbers are listed to<br />

locate referenced parts in the illustration. Where applicable, references are provided to<br />

other pages to better show where parts are located in the assembly. This section of the<br />

manual covers all currently manufactured parts.<br />

Table 7–1. B Relay Drawings and Parts Lists<br />

Description Figure No. Table No.<br />

B1 Neutral and Biased-Neutral Relay 7–1, 7–2 7–2<br />

B1 Code-Responsive Relay 7–3 7–3<br />

B1 Slow Pickup, Slow-Release, Quick-Crossover and<br />

Electronically-Driven Highway Crossing Flasher Relay<br />

7–4, 7–5 7–4<br />

B2 Neutral Relay 7–6 7–5<br />

B2 Biased-Neutral Relay 7–7 7–6<br />

B2 AC Vane Relay 7–8, 7–9 7–7, 7–8<br />

B2 Code Rate Transmitter Relay 7–10 7–9<br />

B2 Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) 7–11 7–10<br />

B2 AC Microchron II Timer Relay 7–12 7–11<br />

VTB Polar-Biased Relay 7–13 7–12<br />

Coils and Springs — 7–13<br />

Contact Groups 7–14, 7–15 7–14<br />

Contact Group Pushers and Clips — 7–15<br />

Plugboards and Supplies 7–16, 7–17 7–16<br />

Registration Plates and Gaskets 7–18 7–17<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–1 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.3. B1 NEUTRAL RELAYS<br />

B1<br />

Figure 7–1. B1 Neutral <strong>Relays</strong><br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–2 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.4. B1 BIASED-NEUTRAL RELAYS<br />

B1<br />

Figure 7–2. B1 Biased-Neutral <strong>Relays</strong><br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–3 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–2. B1 Neutral and Biased-Neutral Relay Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

A BASE, includes tubes for studs 56013-016-02 P62-0506<br />

B<br />

B1<br />

C<br />

C1<br />

CONTACT GROUPS (See Figure 7–14 and<br />

Table 7–13)<br />

SCREW, for attaching contact groups,.138"<br />

–40X .625" long, flat head<br />

ARMATURE, includes bridge and residual<br />

screw and all riveted parts; for all <strong>Type</strong> B1<br />

Neutral <strong>Relays</strong><br />

ARMATURE, includes bridge and residual<br />

screw and all riveted parts; for all <strong>Type</strong> B1<br />

Biased-Neutral <strong>Relays</strong><br />

— —<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

39043-022-01 P62-0312<br />

39043-017-01 P62-0311<br />

1 COVER 56029-096-00 P62-0579<br />

2 NUT LOCK, for nut (Ref. 3) 56024-000-00 P62-0575<br />

3 NUT, knurled 00846-023-00 P62-0142<br />

4 SPRING, for setting over pressure (specify<br />

drawing no. of relay where part is used)<br />

— —<br />

5 ARMATURE RETAINING PLATE 55914-001-00 P62-0473<br />

5A SCREW, slotted pan-head, .164" -32 x .31"<br />

long, with patch<br />

02430-036-00 N/A<br />

6 WASHER, rubber 30646-012-00 P62-0260<br />

7 NUT, knurled, for holding cover in place 56026-004-00 P62-0578<br />

8 SEAL, for relay 35285-000-00 P62-0299<br />

9 HOLDER, for Test Data Form 50023-039-00 P62-0356<br />

9A<br />

SCREW, .112" –24 x .38" long, pan head,<br />

tap<br />

06604-212-ON P62-0593<br />

10 RESIDUAL SCREW, .190" -48 x .33" long 20360-014-00 P62-0255<br />

10A NUT, for residual screw, .190" -48 x .09"<br />

thick, hex<br />

00577-021-00 P62-0128<br />

11 TEST DATA FORM 51553-088-00 P62-0383<br />

11A TEST DATA FORM for Switch-Overload<br />

Relay<br />

51553-100-00 P62-0383<br />

12 NAME PLATE BLANK 00401-942-00 P62-0110<br />

12A SCREW, .112" -40 x .19" long, pan head,<br />

Nylok<br />

02430-038-00 P62-0442<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–4 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–2. B1 Neutral and Biased-Neutral Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

13 WASHER, for .563" diameter cores 01225-094-00 P62-0156<br />

13A WASHER, for .736" diameter cores 01225-103-00 P62-0157<br />

13B WASHER, fiber for .563" diameter cores 34017-031-00 P62-0293<br />

15 SPRING WASHER, for .563" diameter<br />

cores<br />

15A SPRING WASHER, for .736" diameter<br />

cores<br />

01225-104-00 P62-0158<br />

01255-105-00 P62-0159<br />

16 ARMATURE BEARING PLATE 55912-001-00 P62-0470<br />

16A SCREW, stainless steel, slotted, pan head,<br />

.112" -40 x .250" long, with patch<br />

17 COIL, top or bottom (specify drawing no. of<br />

relay where part is used)<br />

18 ARMATURE SCREW, .164" -32 x .63" long,<br />

fillister head<br />

02430-037-00 N/A<br />

— —<br />

01054-004-00 P62-0150<br />

18A NUT, thin hex elastic stop, .164" -32 42333-055-00 P62-0321<br />

19 SLUG, full-length for .563" diameter core 54960-003-00 P62-0425<br />

19A SLUG, half-length for .563" diameter core 54960-004-00 P62-0426<br />

19B SLUG, full-length for .736" diameter core 54960-005-00 P62-0427<br />

19C SLUG, half-length for .736" diameter core 54960-006-00 P62-0428<br />

20 SCREW, for mounting cores, .313" -24 x<br />

1.0" long, SEMS<br />

21 SCREW, for mounting contact group, .138"-<br />

40 x .63" long, slotted, fillister head<br />

23 TAG BLANK, for circuit designation<br />

contains 60 blank tags<br />

25 ARMATURE SCREW, .164" -32 x 1.0" long,<br />

fillister head<br />

28 MAGNET, for old-style relays, 2 required,<br />

charged to 84-86 points<br />

28A MAGNET, replacement for new- and oldstyle<br />

relays,1 required<br />

53141-025-00 P62-0844<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0215<br />

55085-208-00 P62-0432<br />

01054-011-00 P62-0151<br />

53007-043-00 P62-0822<br />

53007-058-00 P62-0818<br />

30 LEAKAGE STRIP 58898-008-00 P62-0675<br />

31 GASKET, for sealing coil cap opening 30646-005-00 P62-0276<br />

32 SHIELD, for covering contact groups 50737-091-00 P62-0227<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–5 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–2. B1 Neutral and Biased-Neutral Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

33 GASKET, for between cover and base 13014-221-00 P62-0225<br />

34 YOKE 01224-038-00 N/A<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–6 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.5. B1 CODE-RESPONSIVE RELAY<br />

B<br />

B1<br />

Figure 7–3. B1 Code-Responsive Relay<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–7 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

46 (1F)<br />

46A (1FB)<br />

46B (1B) or (1R)<br />

46C (1F) or (1N)<br />

46D (1FB)<br />

46E (1FB)<br />

Figure 7–3. B1 Code-Responsive Relay (Cont.)<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–8 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

46F<br />

Figure 7–3. B1 Code-Responsive Relay (Cont.)<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–9 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–3. B1 Code-Responsive Relay Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

A BASE, complete, includes tubes 56013-016-04 P62-0508<br />

B CONTACT GROUP 57508-KN N/A<br />

B1 SCREW, for attaching contact groups, .138"<br />

-40 x .625" long, flat head<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

1 NAME PLATE 00401-281-00 P62-0113<br />

2 SCREW, slotted, fillister head .190" -32 x<br />

1.25" long<br />

2A WASHER, internal tooth, .190" I.D., .381"<br />

O.D., .025" thick<br />

3 RESIDUAL ARMATURE SCREW,<br />

headless, .242" -40 x .34" long<br />

4 CONNECTOR, flexible, copper, approx. 1-<br />

foot long<br />

03410-140-ON P62-0219<br />

53029-003-00 P62-0973<br />

05100-033-00 P62-0198<br />

42760-112-01 P62-0327<br />

5 TEST DATA FORM, paper 51553-048-00 P62-0387<br />

5A<br />

TEST DATA FORM, for Polar-Stick <strong>Relays</strong>,<br />

paper<br />

6 NUT, for spring (Ref. 8), .242" -40 x .190"<br />

thick<br />

51553-049-00 P62-0388<br />

00846-039-00 P62-0693<br />

7 SUPPORT, for spring (Ref. 8) 54302-004-01 P62-0417<br />

8 ARMATURE SPRING, for all Code-<br />

Responsive <strong>Relays</strong> except the following:<br />

8A ARMATURE SPRING, for A62-0323<br />

(56001-670-13), A62-0519 (56001-679-06)<br />

8B ARMATURE SPRING, for A62-0567<br />

(56001-681-06), A62-0655 (56001-670-02),<br />

A62-0679 (56001-675-01)<br />

9 SCREW, for spring (Ref. 8), .242" -40 x<br />

.190" long<br />

10 TERMINAL BLOCK MOUNTING SCREW,<br />

.164" -32 x .30" long, fillister head<br />

10A WASHER, .174" I.D., .293" O.D., .031 "<br />

thick<br />

00586-149-00 P62-0135<br />

00586-138-00 P62-0782<br />

00586-145-00 P62-0848<br />

46453-002-00 P62-0340<br />

55160-033-00 P62-0440<br />

01273-003-ON P62-0334<br />

11 ARMATURE 29523-051-00 P62-0272<br />

11A ARMATURE, for Polar-Stick <strong>Relays</strong> 29523-072-00 P62-0273<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–10 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–3. B1 Code-Responsive Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

12 SCREW, stainless steel, slotted, .164" -32 x 03408-010-ON P62-0435<br />

.31 " long<br />

12A WASHER, internal tooth, .176" I.D., .340"<br />

O.D., .023" thick<br />

53029-068-00 P62-0402<br />

13 TUBE, for connector 43131-049-00 P62-0335<br />

14 ARMATURE BEARING PLATE 55912-006-00 P62-0472<br />

15 WASHER, for coils 01225-170-00 P62-0163<br />

16 INSULATED TERMINAL BLOCK PLATE 30220-038-00 P62-0274<br />

17 MAGNET (specify drawing no. of relay<br />

where part is used)<br />

18 COIL, top or bottom (specify drawing no. of<br />

relay where part is used)<br />

— —<br />

— —<br />

19 RELAY YOKE 01224-020-00 P62-0153<br />

20 SPRING, for magnets 00586-153-00 P62-0136<br />

21 BUSHINGS, for cores 06714-263-00 P62-0206<br />

23 SCREW, for short core, .313" -24 x 2.75"<br />

long, hex head cap<br />

23A LOCK WASHER, internal tooth for a .313"<br />

screw<br />

24 CONTACT BLOCK, with four contact<br />

supports (no contacts)<br />

03440-044-00 P62-0181<br />

53029-076-00 P65-0729<br />

57506-001-01 P62-0652<br />

25 CONTACT, silver-platinum 51321-023-00 P62-0361<br />

25A CONTACT, tungsten 51321-024-01 P62-0849<br />

26 PLATE, for contact fingers 55911-013-00 P62-0467<br />

27 SCREW, for fastening fingers to insulation 55718-001-00 P62-0456<br />

27A NUT, for screw (Ref. 27), .138" -40 x .09"<br />

thick, hex<br />

03614-007-00 P62-0183<br />

27B LOCK WASHER, for screw (Ref. 27) 01601-122-00 P62-0173<br />

28 FINGER, heel, with silver-platinum contacts 54614-034-01 P62-0421<br />

28A FINGER, heel, with tungsten contacts 54614-034-02 P62-0850<br />

29 TERMINAL BLOCK 47508-128-00 P62-0343<br />

30 SCREW, for long core, .313" -24 x 1.0"<br />

long, hex head cap<br />

03440-085-00 P62-0851<br />

31 SPACER, for magnets 38165-064-00 P62-0306<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–11 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–3. B1 Code-Responsive Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

32 NUT, for screw (Ref. 33), .138" -40 x .09" 03614-007-00 P62-0183<br />

thick, hex<br />

33 SCREW, slotted, fillister head .138" -40 x<br />

.75" long<br />

34 NUT, for screws (Ref. 3,33), .242" -40 x .09"<br />

thick, hex<br />

35 NUT, for screw (Ref. 33) .242" -40 x .16"<br />

thick, hex<br />

46 CONTACT GROUP, 1 independent front,<br />

(tungsten)<br />

46A CONTACT GROUP, 1 dependent front &<br />

back (tungsten)<br />

46A CONTACT GROUP, 1 dependent front<br />

(silver platinum), 1 dependent back<br />

(tungsten)<br />

46A CONTACT GROUP, 1 dependent front &<br />

back (silver platinum)<br />

46B CONTACT GROUP, 1 independent front or<br />

normal (silver platinum)<br />

46C CONTACT GROUP, 1 dependent back or<br />

reverse (silver platinum)<br />

46D CONTACT GROUP, 1 dependent front &<br />

back (silver platinum)<br />

46E CONTACT GROUP, 1 dependent front &<br />

back (silver-impregnated carbon to silver)<br />

46F SCREW, for attaching contact groups, .138"<br />

-40 x .625" long, flat head<br />

03406-124-ON P62-0454<br />

53084-003-00 P62-0411<br />

39549-008-00 P62-0315<br />

58641-011-05 N/A<br />

58641-011-02 P62-0855<br />

58641-011-03 N/A<br />

58641-011-01 P62-0854<br />

58641-012-02 P62-0857<br />

58641-012-01 P62-0856<br />

58641-011-04 N/A<br />

58641-010-01 P62-0663<br />

06606-120-ON P62-0200<br />

48 NAME PLATE 00401-612-00 P62-0116<br />

48A SCREW, self-tapping, slotted .112" x .25"<br />

long<br />

54392-001-00 P62-0419<br />

48B WASHER, .156" I.D., .313" O.D., .031" thick 01250-004-ON P50-0422<br />

49 TUBING, 5mm x 1.25" long 55557-000-00 P62-0450<br />

49A TUBING, 7mm x 1.25" long 55557-004-00 P62-0451<br />

51 DUST SHIELD, for contact groups 50737-091-00 P62-0227<br />

52 GASKET, for between cover and base 13014-221-00 P62-0225<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–12 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–3. B1 Code-Responsive Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

53 GASKETS, for between cover and knurled 30646-012-00 P62-0277<br />

nut<br />

54 COVER, with integral handle 56029-096-00 P62-0579<br />

57 PUSHER 58643-000-00 P62-0664<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–13 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.6. B1 SLOW PICKUP, SLOW-RELEASE AND QUICK CROSSOVER RELAYS<br />

7A<br />

7B<br />

SECTION B-B<br />

20<br />

Figure 7–4. B1 Slow Pickup, Slow-Release and Quick Crossover<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–14 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.7. B1 ELECTRONICALLY DRIVEN HIGHWAY CROSSING RELAY AND FLASHER<br />

MODULE<br />

11, 11A<br />

8, 8A, 8C, 8D<br />

(+) VOLTAGE<br />

(-) VOLTAGE<br />

8B<br />

Figure 7–5. B1 Electronically Driven Highway Crossing Relay and Flasher Module<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–15 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–4. B1 Slow Pickup, Slow-Release, and Quick-Crossover and Electronically<br />

Driven Highway Crossing Relay and Flasher Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

1 SPRING, for setting back-contact pressure 00586-095-00 P62-0131<br />

2 YOKE 01224-025-00 P62-0154<br />

2A SCREW, .138" -40 x .88" long, slotted<br />

fillister head<br />

03406-128-ON P62-0453<br />

3 SCREW, stop for armature, .242" -40 x<br />

.344" long, flat point<br />

3A<br />

NUT, for armature stop screw, .242" -40 x<br />

.13" thick, hex<br />

05100-033-00 P62-0198<br />

53084-001-00 P62-0410<br />

4 SHUNT STRIP, two required 17378-023-00 P62-0243<br />

5 SHIM, 0.002" thick, eight required 53879-017-00 P62-0413<br />

5A SHIM, 0.003" thick, eight required 53879-018-00 P62-0414<br />

5B SHIM, 0.010" thick, four required 53879-019-00 P62-0415<br />

6 COIL, bottom, 124 ohms 56015-012-14 P62-0531<br />

6A COIL, bottom, 230 ohms 56015-011-15 P62-0530<br />

7 CONTACT GROUP, 2FB (silver-cadmiumoxide)<br />

7A<br />

CONTACT GROUP (See Figure 7–14 and<br />

Table 7–14)<br />

7B SCREW, for attaching contact groups, .138"<br />

-40 x .625" long, flat head<br />

8 RELAY FLASHER MODULE, electronic, 48-<br />

54 flashes per minute, includes modification<br />

kit for attaching module to relay plugboard.<br />

Can drive 1, 2 or 3 60 ohm <strong>Alstom</strong><br />

FLASHER RELAYS. (SEE NOTE.)<br />

8A<br />

8B<br />

RELAY FLASHER MODULE, same as Ref.<br />

8, except 56-64 flashes per minute. (SEE<br />

NOTE.)<br />

KIT, modification kit containing hardware for<br />

mounting module: long e-posts, spacers,<br />

AAR nuts, AAR washers.<br />

56012-108-40 P62-0500<br />

— —<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

30733-003-01 P62-0769<br />

30733-003-02 P62-0784<br />

17550-071-01 P62-0816<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–16 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–4. B1 Slow Pickup, Slow-Release, and Quick-Crossover and Electronically<br />

Driven Highway Crossing Relay and Flasher Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

8C RELAY FLASHER MODULE, electronic, 48-<br />

54 flashes per minute, includes modification<br />

kit for attaching module to relay plugboard.<br />

Can drive one 18 ohm <strong>Alstom</strong> FLASHER<br />

RELAY. (SEE NOTE.)<br />

30733-003-03 P62-0861<br />

8D<br />

RELAY FLASHER MODULE, same as Ref.<br />

8C, except 56-64 flashes per minute. (SEE<br />

NOTE.)<br />

30733-003-04 P62-0862<br />

9 SPRING, for setting back-contact pressure 00586-056-00 P62-0130<br />

11 COIL, 18.0 ohms 56015-022-10 P62-0770<br />

11A COIL, 60.0 ohms 56015-008-27 N/A<br />

12 YOKE 01224-037-00 P62-0824<br />

NOTE<br />

For additional information on <strong>Alstom</strong> flasher modules, request Sales<br />

Bulletin SB-00003-001-00 from your Sales Representative or <strong>Alstom</strong><br />

Customer Service.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–17 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.8. B2 NEUTRAL RELAY<br />

8.50<br />

7.59<br />

63A<br />

20<br />

1C<br />

1D<br />

Figure 7–6. B2 Neutral Relay<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–18 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–5. B2 Neutral Relay Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

1 BASE, complete 56013-019-02 P62-0510<br />

2 CORE & BRACKET 56014-004-01 N/A<br />

3 ARMATURE, includes residual screw with<br />

jam nut, bridge travel screw with jam nut,<br />

bridges and safety pins<br />

39043-013-03 P62-0310<br />

4 COVER, w/Handle 56029-102-00 N/A<br />

5 YOKE 01224-012-00 P62-0830<br />

6 SCREW, for mounting cores, .313" -24 x<br />

1.125" long, SEMS<br />

53141-025-00 P62-0844<br />

9 SCREW, .164-32 x .875 long with patch 02430-033-00 N/A<br />

10 NUT, .164-32 x .130 thick, hex 01272-005-ON P85-0276<br />

12 WASHER, flat, .172" I.D., .375" O.D., .031"<br />

thick<br />

01250-006-ON P62-0696<br />

13 ARMATURE RETAINING PLATE 55914-002-00 P62-0474<br />

14 NUT, knurled, for holding cover in place 56026-004-00 P62-0578<br />

15 SCREW, .164" -32 x .313" long with patch 02430-036-00 N/A<br />

17 ARMATURE BEARING PLATE 55912-002-00 P62-0471<br />

18 NUT, .190-32 x .187 thick, lock, knurled 00846-023-00 P62-0142<br />

19 NUT, lock 56024-000-00 P62-0575<br />

20 SCREW, to hold contact groups, .138" -40 x<br />

,625" long, flat head<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

21 RELAY SEAL 35285-000-00 P62-0299<br />

22 NAME PLATE 00401-194-00 P62-0111<br />

23 SCREW, for name plate, .086" -56 x .188"<br />

long<br />

03602-006-ON P62-0442<br />

24 SPRING WASHER, to keep coils tight 01225-105-00 P62-0159<br />

25 SCREW, .112" -40 x .25" long, with patch 02430-037-00 N/A<br />

27 HOLDER 50023-039-00 P62-0356<br />

29 SCREW, for holder (Ref. 10), .112" -40 x<br />

.375" long, self-tapping<br />

06604-212-ON P62-0594<br />

30 TEST DATA FORM 51553-088-00 P62-0383<br />

37 GASKET, between cover and base 13014-222-00 P62-0226<br />

38 SHIELD, for contact groups 50737-091-00 P62-0227<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–19 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–5. B2 Neutral Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

39 GASKET, for coils 30646-005-00 P62-0276<br />

40 GASKET, between nut (Ref. 14) and cover<br />

(Ref. 4)<br />

42 WASHER, internal tooth, .086" I.D., .200"<br />

O.D., .015" thick<br />

60 COIL (specify drawing no. of relay where<br />

part is used)<br />

62 SPRING (specify drawing no. of relay where<br />

part is used)<br />

63 CONTACT GROUP (specify drawing no. of<br />

relay where part is used)<br />

63A SCREW, for attaching contact groups, .138"<br />

-40 x .625" long, flat head<br />

67 WASHER, Copper (specify drawing no. of<br />

relay where part will be used)<br />

68 SLUG, Copper (specify drawing no. of relay<br />

where part is used)<br />

75 TAG BLANK, for circuit designation<br />

contains 60 blank tags<br />

30646-012-00 P62-0277<br />

53029-064-00 P62-0408<br />

56015 KN N/A<br />

00586 KN N/A<br />

56012 KN N/A<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

01225 KN N/A<br />

54960 KN N/A<br />

55085-208-00 P62-0432<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–20 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.9. B2 BIASED-NEUTRAL RELAY<br />

8.50<br />

7.59<br />

SECTION THRU CORES AND<br />

MAGNETS LOOKING DOWN<br />

ON CORES NORTH TO RIGHT<br />

63A<br />

Figure 7–7. B2 Biased-Neutral Relay<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–21 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–6. B2 Biased-Neutral Relay Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

1 BASE, complete 56013-019-02 P62-0510<br />

2 CORE & BRACKET 56014-018-01 N/A<br />

3 ARMATURE, includes residual screw with<br />

jam nut, bridge travel screw with jam nut,<br />

bridges and safety pins<br />

39043-013-03 P62-0310<br />

4 COVER, w/Handle 56029-102-00 N/A<br />

5 YOKE 01224-012-00 P62-0830<br />

6 SCREW, for mounting cores, .313" -24 x<br />

1.125" long, SEMS<br />

53141-025-00 P62-0844<br />

9 LEAKAGE STRIP 58898-007-00 P62-0674<br />

10 BRACKET 58897-002-00 P62-0672<br />

11 WASHER, for Ref. 49 01273-022-ON N/A<br />

12 MAGNET (specify drawing no. of relay<br />

where part is used)<br />

53007-029-00 P62-3099<br />

13 ARMATURE RETAINING PLATE 55914-002-00 P62-0474<br />

14 NUT, knurled, for holding cover in place 56026-004-00 P62-0578<br />

15 SCREW, .164" -32 x .313" long with patch 02430-036-00 N/A<br />

17 ARMATURE BEARING PLATE 55912-002-00 P62-0471<br />

18 NUT, .190-32 x .187 thick, lock, knurled 00846-023-00 P62-0142<br />

19 NUT LOCK 56024-000-00 P62-0575<br />

20 SCREW, to hold contact groups, .138" -40 x<br />

.625" long, flat head<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

21 RELAY SEAL 35285-000-00 P62-0299<br />

22 NAME PLATE 00401-194-00 P62-0111<br />

23 SCREW, for nameplate, .086" -56 x .125"<br />

long<br />

24 WASHER, .653 I.D., 1.391 O.D., .022 thick,<br />

spring<br />

03602-004-ON P62-0695<br />

01225-104-00 P62-0158<br />

25 SCREW, .112" -40 x .25" long, with patch 02430-037-00 N/A<br />

27 HOLDER 50023-039-00 P62-0356<br />

29 SCREW, for holder (Ref. 27), .112" -40 x<br />

.375" long, self-tapping<br />

06604-212-ON P62-0594<br />

30 TEST DATA FORM 51553-088-00 P62-0383<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–22 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–6. B2 Biased-Neutral Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

36 WASHER, internal tooth, .190" I.D., .381" 53029-003-00 P62-0973<br />

O.D., .025" thick, shk'proof<br />

37 GASKET, between cover and base 13014-222-00 P62-0226<br />

38 SHIELD, for contact group 50737-091-00 P62-0227<br />

39 GASKET, for coils 30646-005-00 P62-0276<br />

40 GASKET, between nut (Ref. 14) and cover 30646-012-00 P62-0277<br />

43 SCREW, slotted, pan head, .190" -32 x .88"<br />

long<br />

46 WASHER, internal tooth, .086" I.D., .200"<br />

O.D., .015" thick<br />

03610-128-ON P62-0178<br />

53029-064-00 P62-0408<br />

47 SUPPORT 54385-031-01 P62-0418<br />

48 SCREW, .190-32 x .38" Long, pan head 03610-112-ON P65-0200<br />

49 SCREW, .164-32 x .44" long, fillister head 03408-014-ON P62-0436<br />

60 COIL (specify drawing no. of relay where<br />

part is used)<br />

62 SPRING (specify drawing no. of relay where<br />

part is used)<br />

63 CONTACT GROUP (specify drawing no. of<br />

relay where part is used)<br />

63A SCREW, for attaching contact groups, .138"<br />

-40 x .625" long, flat head<br />

64 WASHER, Copper (specify drawing no. of<br />

relay where part is used)<br />

65 SLUG, Copper (specify drawing no. of relay<br />

where part is used)<br />

75 TAG BLANK, for circuit designation<br />

contains 60 blank tags<br />

56015 KN N/A<br />

00586 KN N/A<br />

56012 KN N/A<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

01225 KN N/A<br />

54960 KN N/A<br />

55085-208-00 P62-0432<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–23 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.10. B2 AC VANE RELAY, 2F-2B, TWO POSITION<br />

A<br />

14 (BLACK) (BLACK) 64<br />

13 (GRAY) (GRAY) 63<br />

12 (WHITE) (WHITE) 62<br />

11 (RED) (RED) 61<br />

VIEW SHOWING PARTS<br />

MOUNTED ON SCREW (REF.18)<br />

Figure 7–8. B2 AC Vane Relay, 2F-2B, Two Position<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–24 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–7. B2 Vane Relay, 2F-2B, Two Position Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

2 WASHER, .266 ID, .625 OD, .010 Thk Flat 01148-005-00 P62-0152<br />

3 CLIP, Locking 18547-080-00 P62-0246<br />

4 SCREW, .086-56 x .25 Lg Pan Hd 03602-008-ON N/A<br />

5 WASHER, .086 ID, .200 OD, .015 Thk<br />

Shk'prf<br />

53029-064-00 P62-0408<br />

6 NUT, .375-32 For Cover 56026-004-00 P62-0812<br />

10 FORM, for test data 51553-036-00 P62-0382<br />

12 SEAL, Plastic 35285-001-00 N/A<br />

14 NUT, .375-32 x .19 Thk Sq 42835-011-00 P62-0322<br />

15 BEARING COMP, Jewel 51527-001-03 N/A<br />

16 NUT, .313-32 x .13 Thk Hex 12578-002-00 P62-0222<br />

17 STOP 56563-003-00 P62-0597<br />

18 SCREW, .250-28 x 4.13 Lg Fill Hd 55470-019-00 P62-0447<br />

19 SPACER 49655-214-00 P62-0352<br />

20 NUT, .250-28 x .16 Thk Hex 01472-008-00 P62-0166<br />

21 BASE COMP 56013-014-01 P62-0505<br />

23 COVER COMP (W/Holder Assembled) 57287-002-12 N/A<br />

27 PIN, Bearing .091 x .750 Lg 00504-388-00 P62-0126<br />

31 PLATE, Name 00401-955-00 P62-0117<br />

34 NUT, .375-32 x .13 Thk Spanner 00846-028-00 P62-0143<br />

40 SPACER 49655-215-00 P62-0353<br />

41 WASHER, .254 ID, .687 OD, .036 Thk Flat 01148-006-00 P62-0698<br />

44 SHOCK INDICATOR 29006-004-00 N/A<br />

-- CARTON, SG 381-1 65191-014-05 N/A<br />

-- Z-PAD, SG 381-2 65191-015-05 N/A<br />

-- INSERT, SG 323-3 65191-054-05 N/A<br />

45 SCREW, .164-32 x 1.50 Lg, Pan Hd 03608-048-ON N/A<br />

46 WASHER, Stainless Steel 53029-068-00 P62-0402<br />

49 NUT, 10-32 x .125 Thk, Hex 00577-002-00 P62-0127<br />

49 NUT, 10-32 x .125 Thk, Hex 01272-007-ON P76-0129<br />

50 WIRE (Per 82J0004) 80599-003-01 N/A<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–25 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–7. B2 Vane Relay, 2F-2B, Two Position Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

THE FOLLOWING PARTS ARE TO BE SPECIFIED ON ORDERING SHEETS WHEN<br />

REQUIRED<br />

22 VANE COMP 51507 KN N/A<br />

28 MAGNET COMP. (Local) 51508 KN N/A<br />

29 MAGNET COMP. (Track) 51508 KN N/A<br />

35 REGISTRATION PLATE ASSEM. 58879 KN N/A<br />

36 CONTACT GROUP SPACE #1-6 56012 KN N/A<br />

37 GASKET GROUP 57108 KN N/A<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–26 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.11. B2 AC VANE RELAY, 4F-4B, TWO POSITION<br />

A<br />

14 (BLACK) (BLACK) 64<br />

13 (GRAY) (GRAY) 63<br />

12 (WHITE) (WHITE) 62<br />

11 (RED) (RED) 61<br />

VIEW SHOWING PARTS<br />

MOUNTED ON SCREW (REF. 18)<br />

Figure 7–9. B2 AC Vane Relay, 4F-4B, Two Position<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–27 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–8. B2 Vane Relay, 4F-4B, Two Position Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

2 WASHER, .266" I.D., .625" O.D., .010" 01148-005-00 P62-0152<br />

thick, flat<br />

3 CLIP, locking 18547-080-00 P62-0246<br />

4 SCREW, .086" -56 x .25" long, slotted pan<br />

head<br />

5 WASHER, internal tooth, .086" I.D., .200"<br />

O.D., .015" thick<br />

03602-008-ON<br />

N/A<br />

53029-064-00 P62-0408<br />

6 NUT, knurled, for holding cover in place 56026-004-00 P62-0578<br />

10 TEST DATA FORM 51553-036-00 P62-0382<br />

12 SEAL, tamper evident seal 35285-000-00 P62-0299<br />

14 NUT, .375-32" x .19" thick, sq 42835-011-00 P62-0332<br />

15 JEWEL BEARING, for shaft 51527-001-03 N/A<br />

16 NUT, for bearing, .313" -32 x .13" thick, hex 12578-002-00 P62-0222<br />

17 STOP, resilient, for vane 56563-003-00 P62-0597<br />

18 SCREW, for stop, .250" –28 x 4.13" long,<br />

fillister head<br />

55470-019-00 P62-0447<br />

19 SPACER 49655-214-00 P62-0352<br />

20 NUT, .250-28" x .16" thick, hex 01472-008-00 P62-0166<br />

21 BASE, includes tubes for studs 56013-014-01 P62-0505<br />

22 VANE , complete (for relays with 2F-2B<br />

contacts)<br />

22 VANE, complete (for relays with 4F-4B<br />

contacts)<br />

51507-013-02 P62-0374<br />

51507-013-03 N/A<br />

23 COVER, with holder assembled 57287-002-12 N/A<br />

27 PIN, BEARING, .091" x .750" long 00504-388-00 N/A<br />

28 MAGNET COMP. (Local) (specify drawing<br />

no. of relay where part is used)<br />

29 MAGNET COMP. (Track) (specify drawing<br />

no. of relay where part is used)<br />

51508 KN N/A<br />

51508 KN N/A<br />

31 NAME PLATE 00401-955-00 P62-0117<br />

34 NUT, spanner, .375" -32 x .13" thick 00846-028-00 P62-0143<br />

36 CONTACT GROUP, 1F (AgC-S) – 1B<br />

(S-S) (specify quantity required)<br />

56012-108-11 P62-0493<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–28 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–8. B2 Vane Relay, 4F-4B, Two Position Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

36A SCREW, for attaching contact groups, .138"<br />

-40 x .625" long, flat head<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

37 CONTACT GROUP, blank 56012-046-01 P62-0700<br />

38 CONTACT GROUP, (with solder tabs) 56012-038-01 P62-0699<br />

40 SPACER, for stop 49655-215-00 P62-0353<br />

41 WASHER, flat, .254" I.D., .687" O.D., .036"<br />

thick<br />

01148-006-00 P62-0698<br />

44 SHOCK INDICATOR 29006-004-00 N/A<br />

45 SCREW, .164"-32 x 1.50" long, slotted pan<br />

head<br />

46 WASHER, internal tooth lock, for a .190-32"<br />

.164" screw<br />

03608-048-ON<br />

N/A<br />

53029-068-00 P62-0402<br />

49 NUT, .190" -32 x. 13" thick 01272-007-ON P76-0129<br />

39 GASKET (for right hand three contact<br />

groups- rear view)<br />

50 GASKET (for left hand three contact<br />

groups- rear view)<br />

13014-280-00 P62-0229<br />

13014-279-00 P62-0228<br />

51 GASKET (for base) 13014-222-00 P62-0226<br />

52 GASKET (for cover – two required per<br />

relay)<br />

30646-012-00 P62-0277<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–29 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.12. B2 CODE RATE TRANSMITTER RELAY<br />

ALS<br />

D1<br />

Figure 7–10. B2 Code Rate Transmitter Relay<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–30 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Figure 7–10. B2 Code Rate Transmitter Relay (Cont.)<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–31 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–9. B2 Code Rate Transmitter Relay Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

A BASE, includes tubes for studs 56013-026-01 P62-0513<br />

B CONTACT GROUP, coil, IF contact (silverplatinum)<br />

57016-013-01 P62-0599<br />

C CONTACT GROUP, 2F and 2B, (silverplatinum)<br />

57016-013-02 P62-0600<br />

C1 CONTACT GROUP, 2F and 2B, (tungsten) 57016-013-03 P62-0601<br />

D CONTACT GROUP, 2FB contacts (silverplatinum)<br />

57016-013-04 P62-0602<br />

D1 SCREW, for attaching contact groups, .138" 03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

-40 x .625" long, flat head<br />

E ROTOR, COMPLETE, 75 rate 57094-009-01 P62-0612<br />

E1 ROTOR, COMPLETE, 120 rate 57094-009-02 P62-0613<br />

E2 ROTOR, COMPLETE, 180 rate 57094-009-03 P62-0614<br />

E3 ROTOR, COMPLETE, 50 rate 57094-009-06 N/A<br />

E4 ROTOR, COMPLETE, 270 rate 57094-009-04 N/A<br />

E5 ROTOR, COMPLETE, 220 rate 57094-009-05 N/A<br />

E6 ROTOR, COMPLETE, 96 rate 57094-009-07 N/A<br />

G CONTACT GROUP, with soldering lugs 56012-028-01 P62-0491<br />

H CAPACITOR, COMPLETE, arc suppression 56644-001-03 P62-0598<br />

J RESISTOR MOUNTING BLOCK 57277-001-02 P62-0636<br />

1 TERMINAL WIRE 55083-012-00 P62-0431<br />

2 SLEEVING, 5mm dia. x 1.25" long 55557-000-00 P62-0450<br />

3 SCREW, for mounting contact blocks, .138" 23308-008-00 P62-0265<br />

-40 x 2.0" long<br />

3A SCREW, for mounting contact blocks, .138" 23308-005-00 P62-0264<br />

-40 x 1.625" long<br />

3B NUT, for screws (Ref. 3, 3A), .138" -40 x 03614-007-00 P62-0183<br />

.09" thick, hex<br />

3C LOCK WASHER, for nut (Ref. 3B) 01601-037-00 P62-0170<br />

4 FRAME 57491-001-00 P62-0651<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–32 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–9. B2 Code Rate Transmitter Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

6 NAME PLATE 00401-956-00 P62-0112<br />

6A SCREW, for nameplate, .138" -40 x .25" 03406-108-ON P62-0189<br />

long, slotted, fillister head<br />

6B LOCK WASHER, internal tooth, .141" I.D., 53029-067-00 P62-0406<br />

.295" O.D., .021" thick<br />

7 COVER 57287-002-11 P62-0643<br />

8 COVER, for bearing 18575-000-00 P62-0248<br />

8A SCREW, slotted, flat head, .138" -40 x .375" 03306-112-ON P62-0104<br />

9 UPPER CAM 58728-001-02 P62-0850<br />

10 LOWER CAM 58728-001-01 P62-0849<br />

11 TEST DATA FORM 51553-051-00 P62-0389<br />

12 POLE, right-hand 57091-001-00 P62-0605<br />

12B POLE, left-hand 57091-002-00 P62-0606<br />

13 SCREW, .164" -32 x .50" long, slotted, flat<br />

head<br />

14 SCREW, for fastening pole to frame, .250" -<br />

28 x .50" long, fillister head<br />

15 SCREW, headless, for mounting contact<br />

blocks, .138" -40 x 1.188" long<br />

15A WASHER, internal tooth, .141" I.D., .295"<br />

O.D., .021" thick<br />

15B WASHER, flat, .172" I.D., .375" O.D., .031"<br />

thick<br />

16 SCREW, for attaching Ref. 12 and 12A,<br />

.190" -32 x .75" long, slotted fillister head<br />

16A LOCK WASHER, internal tooth, .195" I.D.,<br />

.381" O.D., .025" thick<br />

03308-016-ON P62-0297<br />

55370-001-00 P62-0835<br />

23308-004-00 P62-0263<br />

53029-067-00 P62-0406<br />

01250-006-ON P62-0696<br />

03410-124-ON P65-0208<br />

53029-069-00 P62-0401<br />

17 COIL, 150.0 ohm 31066-135-01 P62-0286<br />

18 RESISTOR, 150.0 ohm 59723-124-00 P62-0685<br />

19 SCREW, for attaching Ref. 20, .190" -32 x<br />

.50" long, slotted, fillister head<br />

03410-116-ON P62-0214<br />

20 BRACKET, frame 54297-003-00 P62-0416<br />

21 RESISTOR, 1000 ohm, used in multiple<br />

with coil, for arc suppression<br />

59723-000-00 P62-0714<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–33 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–9. B2 Code Rate Transmitter Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

22 SCREW, .190" -32 x .63" long, slotted, flat 03310-120-ON P50-0431<br />

head<br />

23 NUT, .190" -32 x. 13" thick 01272-007-ON P76-0129<br />

24 STOP 17185-000-00 P62-0237<br />

25 BUSHING 07350-261-00 P62-0209<br />

26 PUSHER, for Contact Group (Ref. C) 57019-000-00 P62-0716<br />

27 PUSHER, for Contact Group (Ref. D) 57019-003-00 P62-0717<br />

28 BUSHING, for Contact Groups 07350-275-00 P62-0210<br />

30 UPPER BEARING 57092-009-01 P62-0609<br />

31 UPPER CLAMPING PLATE, for ribbon 55911-036-00 P62-0469<br />

32 SHIM WASHER, .222" I.D., .417" O.D.,<br />

.050" thick<br />

33 SHIM WASHER, .222" I.D., .417" O.D.,<br />

.005" thick<br />

33A SHIM WASHER, .222" I.D., .417" O.D.,<br />

.008" thick<br />

00975-007-00 P62-0715<br />

00975-005-00 P62-0146<br />

00975-006-00 P62-0147<br />

34 GUIDE, for spring 18559-000-00 P62-0247<br />

35 SPRING, for upper bearing 51055-008-00 P62-0359<br />

36 WASHER, .297" I.D., .432" O.D., .020" thick 01225-199-00 P62-0164<br />

37 RIBBON, COMPLETE 22148-000-02 P62-0256<br />

38 NUT, for locking cams in place, .313" -32 x<br />

.125" thick, hex<br />

12578-002-00 P62-0221<br />

39 ROTOR, with shaft, hub and roll-pin 57094-010-01 P62-0603<br />

40 SCREW, .190" -32 x .375" long, slotted,<br />

fillister head<br />

40A LOCK WASHER, internal tooth, .190" I.D.,<br />

.381" O.D., .025" thick<br />

03410-112-ON P62-0218<br />

53029-069-00 P62-0401<br />

42 ROLL PIN 17188-000-00 P62-0238<br />

43 SPRING, for rotor 34956-004-00 P62-0295<br />

44 CUP WASHER, for nut 22539-008-00 P62-0257<br />

45 NUT, for holding spring on rotor, .50" -32 x<br />

.125" thick, hex<br />

06358-011-00 P62-0205<br />

46 LOWER BEARING 57092-008-01 P62-0608<br />

47 CLAMP 54847-011-00 P62-0423<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–34 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–9. B2 Code Rate Transmitter Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

48 SCREW, .190" -32 x .50" long, slotted 03310-116-ON P62-0176<br />

fillister head<br />

49 NUT, for lower bearing 39549-013-00 P62-0316<br />

50 LOWER CLAMPING PLATE, for ribbon 55911-035-00 P62-0468<br />

51 WEIGHT RING, .063" thick, nine required<br />

for 50 rate transmitters; eight required for 75<br />

rate transmitters ; three required for 96 rate<br />

transmitters<br />

51A WEIGHT RING, .031 " thick, one required<br />

for 75 rate; four required for 120 rate ; one<br />

required for 96 rate transmitters<br />

52 SCREW, .190" -32 x .88" long, slotted,<br />

fillister head<br />

43712-008-00 P62-0336<br />

43712-011-00 P62-0338<br />

03410-128-ON P62-0217<br />

52A NUT, .190" -32 x. 13" thick, hex 01272-007-ON P62-0129<br />

52B FLAT WASHER, .438" O.D., .200" I.D., .03"<br />

thick<br />

52C LOCK WASHER, internal tooth, .190" I.D.,<br />

.381" O.D., .025" thick<br />

01250-009-ON P76-0247<br />

53029-069-00 P62-0401<br />

53 ARMATURE 57110-000-00 P62-0625<br />

54 BASE RING, one required for 50, 75, 96,<br />

120 and 180 rate transmitters<br />

55 STUD, for fastening stationary end of spring<br />

to arm<br />

43712-009-00 P62-0337<br />

20247-004-00 P62-0254<br />

56 STOP, for fastening end of spring on stud 38316-002-00 P62-0308<br />

57 ARM, for stud and stop 54818-014-00 P62-0422<br />

58 NUT, jam .250" -28 x .156" thick, hex 01472-007-00 P62-0165<br />

75 GASKET, between cover and base 13014-222-00 P62-0226<br />

76 NUT, cover 56026-011-00 P62-0578<br />

76A GASKET, cover 30646-012-00 P62-0277<br />

77 SHIELD, for contact groups 50737-091-00 P62-0227<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–35 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.13. B2 MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY (DC)<br />

28-29<br />

104<br />

102<br />

103<br />

105<br />

111<br />

108<br />

109<br />

110<br />

18<br />

108<br />

109<br />

110<br />

19<br />

20<br />

25 22 8<br />

30<br />

116<br />

106-107<br />

VIEW SHOWN WITH COVER (REF.13)<br />

SWITCH BOARD (REF.103) AND<br />

BRACKET (REF.105) REMOVED<br />

6<br />

13<br />

4 5<br />

7<br />

9 35 36 113-114<br />

1<br />

16<br />

23<br />

0 1 2 3 15<br />

33<br />

32<br />

11<br />

21<br />

31<br />

24<br />

27<br />

26<br />

112 34<br />

Fig. 1<br />

12<br />

3 2<br />

115<br />

10<br />

13A<br />

34<br />

Fig. 2<br />

Figure 7–11. B2 Microchron II Timer Relay (DC)<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–36 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

FRONT VIEW<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6<br />

NEUTRAL B2 TIMER<br />

2FB<br />

3F<br />

2B<br />

ARMATURE AIR GAP<br />

FRONT CONTACT OPENING<br />

REGISTERED IN SPACES<br />

(AgC-S, S-S)<br />

(AgC-S)<br />

(S-AgC)<br />

.010in. min.<br />

.050in (MIN.)<br />

1-4-6-11<br />

+<br />

-<br />

Microchron II Timer Relay Contact Groups<br />

REQ EACH RELAY<br />

REQUIRES<br />

COIL<br />

REFERENCE<br />

CATALOG NO.<br />

CONTACT GROUP 56015-074-01 (2) A62-691 or<br />

A62-744<br />

SPACE 1<br />

SPACE 2<br />

SPACE 3<br />

ORDERING<br />

REFERENCE<br />

50800-101-01 or<br />

50800-101-02<br />

1 SPACE 4 56012-108-32<br />

1 SPACE 5 56012-108-39<br />

1 SPACE 6 56012-108-06<br />

Figure 7–11. B2 Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) (Cont.)<br />

NOTE<br />

The only difference between the 50800-101-01 (tinted seal) and 50800-<br />

101-02 (lead seal) relays is that 50800-101-02 has alternate sealing for<br />

time setting thumbwheel switches.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–37 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–10. B2 Microchron II Timer Relay Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

1 BASE COMPLETE 56013-019-11 P62-0840<br />

2 COIL COMPLETE 56015-074-01 N/A<br />

3 CORE & BRACKET 56014-000-01 N/A<br />

4 ARMATURE COMPLETE 39043-022-01 P62-0312<br />

5 PLATE, Armature Bearing 55912-001-00 P62-0470<br />

6 PLATE, Armature Retaining 55914-001-00 P62-0473<br />

7 NUT, .190-32 x .187 thick, round lock 00846-023-00 P62-0142<br />

8 NUT, Lock 56024-000-00 P62-0575<br />

9 SPRING 00586-095-00 P62-0131<br />

10 YOKE 01224-038-00 N/A<br />

11 PLATE, Name 00401-925-00 N/A<br />

12 WASHER, .653" I.D., 1.391" O.D., .022"<br />

thick, spring<br />

01225-104-00 P62-0158<br />

13 COVER 56029-104-00 P62-0819<br />

13A COVER COMPLETE 57287-012-01 N/A<br />

14 CONNECTOR, Splice 00958-009-ON N/A<br />

15 HOLDER, Card 50023-039-00 P62-0356<br />

16 FORM 51553-089-00 N/A<br />

18 CONTACT GROUP 56012-108-32 P62-0792<br />

19 CONTACT GROUP 56012-108-39 P62-0794<br />

20 CONTACT GROUP 56012-108-06 P62-0484<br />

21 SCREW, .112” -40 x .19” long pan head ,<br />

with patch<br />

22 SCREW, .112” -40 x .25” long pan head ,<br />

with patch<br />

23 SCREW, .112” -40 x .38” long pan head ,<br />

Self Tap<br />

24 SCREW, for attaching contact groups,<br />

.138” -40 x .63” long flat head<br />

25 SCREW, .164” -32 x .31” long pan head ,<br />

with patch<br />

02430-038-00 P62-0442<br />

02430-037-00 N/A<br />

06604-212-ON P62-0594<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

02430-036-00 N/A<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–38 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–10. B2 Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

26 SCREW, .313” -24 x 1.00” long, hex head, 53141-025-00 P62-0845<br />

SEMS<br />

27 NUT, .164” -32 x .229” thick, elastic stop 42333-046-00 N/A<br />

28 RECEPTACLE (4 Pos) Mate-N-Lock (P1) 58920-483-00 N/A<br />

29 TERMINAL, Pin (#20-14 AWG) 55871-161-00 N/A<br />

30 GASKET, (Base) 13014-222-00 P62-0226<br />

31 SHIELD, Dust 50737-091-00 P62-0227<br />

32 GASKET 30646-012-00 P62-0277<br />

33 NUT, .375” -32 x .28” thick, special 56026-004-00 P62-0812<br />

34 SEAL 35285-000-00 P62-0299<br />

35 WIRE, #20 AWG Tefzel White, (Per<br />

82A0006)<br />

36 WIRE, #20 AWG Tefzel Black, (Per<br />

82A0006)<br />

80559-063-01 N/A<br />

80559-066-01 N/A<br />

102 BOARD ASSEMBLY (Mother) 31166-132-01 P62-0842<br />

103 BOARD ASSEMBLY (Switch) 31166-137-01 P62-0841<br />

104 BRACKET 54844-462-00 N/A<br />

105 BRACKET 54844-463-00 N/A<br />

106 SCREW, .138” -32 x .38” long pan head 03606-012-ON P50-0473<br />

107 WASHER, .138” I.D., .250” O.D., .031”<br />

thick, lock<br />

01273-002-ON P73-0275<br />

108 SCREW, .112” -40 x .25” long pan head 03604-008-ON P62-0759<br />

109 WASHER, .112” I.D., .270” O.D., .019”<br />

thick, shk’prf<br />

110 WASHER, .112” I.D., .375” O.D., .40” thick,<br />

flat<br />

53029-066-00 P65-0730<br />

01250-031-ON<br />

111 RIVET, Snap 34496-062-00 N/A<br />

112 TAMPER EVIDENT SEAL, red tint 37947-058-00 N/A<br />

112 TAMPER EVIDENT SEAL, green tint 37947-059-00 N/A<br />

113 TERMINAL 55083-012-00 P62-0431<br />

114 SLEEVE, insulating 55557-000-00 P62-0450<br />

115 TIE, cable 01232-001-ON P85-1222<br />

N/A<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–39 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–10. B2 Microchron II Timer Relay (DC) Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

116 TUBING, .125 shrink blk (Per 82P0004) 81411-019-01 N/A<br />

TAG, instruction (For 50800-101-01 Relay) 55085-720-00 N/A<br />

TAG, instruction (For 50800-101-02 Relay) 55085-728-00 N/A<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–40 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.14. B2 AC MICROCHRON II TIMER RELAY<br />

25 22 8<br />

101<br />

30<br />

18<br />

102 108-109-119<br />

(J1)<br />

19<br />

18<br />

118<br />

119<br />

(J1)<br />

(P1)<br />

(P1)<br />

(P2)<br />

20<br />

(P2)<br />

106<br />

107<br />

37-38<br />

120<br />

36<br />

113-114<br />

1<br />

9<br />

104<br />

7 5 4 6<br />

(P2)<br />

31<br />

31<br />

33<br />

1<br />

35<br />

24<br />

32<br />

(J1)<br />

34<br />

(P1)<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

35<br />

26<br />

11<br />

21<br />

41<br />

13 36 28-29<br />

116<br />

27<br />

10<br />

115<br />

2-14 3 12-40<br />

16<br />

108<br />

109<br />

119<br />

1 2 3 4<br />

5<br />

103<br />

111<br />

23<br />

15<br />

DS3-PWR/TIMING<br />

DS4-DELAY COMPLETE<br />

1 2 4 5<br />

105<br />

34<br />

Figure 7–12. B2 AC Microchron II Timer Relay<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–41 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–11. B2 AC Microchron II Timer Relay Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

1 BASE COMPLETE 56013-019-14 N/A<br />

2 COIL COMPLETE 56015-074-01 N/A<br />

3 CORE & BRACKET 56014-000-01 N/A<br />

4 ARMATURE COMP 39043-022-01 P62-0312<br />

5 PLATE, Armature Bearing 55912-001-00 P62-0470<br />

6 PLATE, Armature Retaining 55914-001-00 P62-0473<br />

7 NUT, .190-32 x .187" thick, round lock 00846-023-00 P62-0142<br />

8 NUT, Lock 56024-000-00 P62-0575<br />

9 SPRING 00586-095-00 P62-0131<br />

10 YOKE 01224-037-00 P62-0824<br />

11 PLATE, Name 00401-925-00 N/A<br />

12 WASHER, .653" I.D., 1.391" O.D., .022"<br />

thick, spring<br />

01225-104-00 P62-0158<br />

13 COVER COMPLETE 57287-013-01 N/A<br />

14 CONNECTOR, Splice 00958-009-ON N/A<br />

15 HOLDER, Card 50023-039-00 P62-0356<br />

18 CONTACT GROUP, Space 1, 3 56012-108-02 P62-0479<br />

19 CONTACT GROUP, Space 2 56012-108-06 P62-0484<br />

20 CONTACT GROUP, Space 4, 5, 6 56012-050-01 N/A<br />

21 SCREW, .112" -40 x .19" long pan head<br />

Nylock<br />

22 SCREW, .112" -40 x .25" long pan head<br />

SEMS<br />

23 SCREW, .112" -40 x .38" long pan head,<br />

self tap<br />

24 SCREW, for attaching contact groups,<br />

.138" -40 x .63" long, flat head<br />

25 SCREW, .164" -32 x .31" long, pan head<br />

SEMS<br />

26 SCREW, .313" -24 x 1.00" long, hex head<br />

SEMS<br />

02430-038-00 P62-0442<br />

53141-027-00 P62-0844<br />

06604-212-ON P62-0594<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

53141-026-00 P62-0845<br />

53141-025-00 P62-0846<br />

27 NUT, .164" -32 x .229" thick, elastic stop 42333-046-00 N/A<br />

28 RECEPTACLE (4 Pos) Mate-N-Lok (P1) 58920-483-00 N/A<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–42 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–11. B2 AC Microchron II Timer Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

29 TERMINAL, Pin (#20-14 AWG) 55871-161-00 N/A<br />

30 GASKET, (Base) 13014-222-00 P62-0226<br />

31 SHIELD, Dust 50737-091-00 P62-0227<br />

32 GASKET 30646-012-00 P62-0277<br />

33 NUT, .375 -32 x .28 thick, special 56026-004-00 P62-0812<br />

34 SEAL 35285-000-00 P62-0299<br />

35 WIRE, #18 AWG Tefzel white (per<br />

82A0006)<br />

36 WIRE, #18 AWG Tefzel black (per<br />

82A0006)<br />

80559-108-01 N/A<br />

80559-065-01 N/A<br />

37 TERMINAL, Socket (#22-18 AWG) (for P2) 59825-248-00 N/A<br />

38 RECEPTACLE (4 pos), Mini Mate-N-Lock<br />

(P2)<br />

58920-513-00 N/A<br />

39 WIRE, #18 AWG (Per 82J0002) 80598-001-01 N/A<br />

40 WASHER, .578" I.D., 1.375" O.D., .031"<br />

thick, fiber<br />

34017-114-00 N/A<br />

41 HEAD 54863-002-00 N/A<br />

16 FORM for 50800-103-01 51553-104-00 N/A<br />

16 FORM for 50800-104-01 51553-105-00 N/A<br />

102 BOARD ASSEMBLY (Timer Processor) for<br />

50800-103-01<br />

102 BOARD ASSEMBLY (Timer Processor) for<br />

50800-104-01<br />

103 BOARD ASSEMBLY (Thumbwheel Switch)<br />

for 50800-103-01<br />

103 BOARD ASSEMBLY (Thumbwheel Switch)<br />

for 50800-104-01<br />

31166-299-01 N/A<br />

31166-299-02 N/A<br />

31166-300-01 N/A<br />

31166-353-01 N/A<br />

104 BRACKET, Board 54844-487-00 N/A<br />

105 BRACKET, Switch 54844-505-00 N/A<br />

106 SCREW, .138-32 x .38" long, pan head 03606-012-ON P50-0473<br />

107 WASHER, .138 ID", .250" O.D., .031" thick,<br />

lock<br />

01273-002-ON P73-0175<br />

108 SCREW, .112-40 x .25" long, pan head 03604-008-ON P62-0759<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–43 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–11. B2 AC Microchron II Timer Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

109 WASHER, .112" I.D., .270" O.D., .019" 53029-066-00 P65-0730<br />

thick, shk’prf<br />

111 RIVET, Snap 34496-062-00 N/A<br />

112 INDICATOR, Shock 29006-004-00 N/A<br />

113 TERMINAL 55083-012-00 P62-0431<br />

114 SLEEVE, Insulating 55557-000-00 P62-0450<br />

115 TIE, Cable 01232-001-ON P85-1222<br />

116 TUBING, .125" Shrink, black (per 82P0004) 81411-019-01 N/A<br />

117 TAG, Instruction 55085-732-00 N/A<br />

118 NUT, .112-40 x .143" thick, hex elastic stop 42333-045-00 N/A<br />

119 WASHER, .112" I.D., .375" O.D., .040"<br />

thick, flat<br />

01250-031-ON<br />

120 TIE, Cable 01232-000-ON N/A<br />

N/A<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–44 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.15. TYPE VTB POLAR-BIASED RELAY<br />

Figure 7–13. <strong>Type</strong> VTB Polar-Biased Relay<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–45 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–12. VTB Polar Biased Relay Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

A CONTACT GROUP, three dependent front 56012-109-04 P62-0499<br />

and back silver-platinum contacts<br />

B<br />

B1<br />

B2<br />

C<br />

CONTACT GROUP, one dependent front<br />

back, two dependent fronts and one<br />

dependent back silver-platinum contacts<br />

CONTACT GROUP, except with one<br />

dependent front back, one dependent front,<br />

one dependent back silver-platinum<br />

contacts<br />

CONTACT GROUP, except with one<br />

dependent front back silver-platinum, one<br />

dependent back silver-platinum, one<br />

dependent front tungsten, one dependent<br />

back tungsten.<br />

CONTACT GROUP, two dependent front<br />

and back silver-platinum contacts<br />

56012-109-02 P62-0497<br />

56012-109-05 P62-0760<br />

56012-109-06 P62-0836<br />

56012-109-03 P62-0498<br />

1 GASKET, for cover 13014-312-00 P62-0230<br />

2 BASE, for relay 56023-034-00 P62-0574<br />

3 SCREW, .112"-40 x .25" slotted pan head 03604-008-ON P62-0759<br />

3A WASHER, .115" I.D., .270" O.D., .019"<br />

thick, internal tooth lock<br />

53029-066-00 P65-0730<br />

4 TERMINAL 55083-012-00 P62-0431<br />

5 SCREW, .164"-32 x .88" long. slotted pan<br />

head<br />

03608-028-ON P30-0447<br />

5A NUT, .164"-32 x .13" thick, hex 03891-011-00 P62-0186<br />

5B WASHER, .168" I.D., .340" O.D., .023"<br />

thick., internal tooth lock<br />

53029-068-00 P62-0402<br />

6 CONTACT GROUP, for coil connections 56012-060-01 P62-0496<br />

7 SLEEVING, for coil connections 55557-000-00 P62-0450<br />

8 PUSHER, for contact groups, has slot in<br />

back for right-hand contact group on double<br />

armature relays<br />

8A<br />

PUSHER, has slot in front edge, for single<br />

armature relays and for left-hand contact<br />

group on double armature relays<br />

55863-053-00 P62-0465<br />

55863-052-00 P62-0464<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–46 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–12. VTB Polar Biased Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

8B CLIP, two required per contact group (USE 56025-001-00 P62-0577<br />

ONLY ONCE)<br />

9 COVER, for relay 56029-031-00 P62-0581<br />

10 BUSHING, for tube 45896-029-00 P62-0754<br />

12 SPACER 50514-012-00 P62-0755<br />

13 BRACKET COMPLETE 18470-001-01 P62-0746<br />

14 SCREW, .138" - 32 x .31" long., slotted pan<br />

head<br />

03606-010-ON P85-0464<br />

14A NUT, .138" - 32 x. 25" thick, hex 01272-010-ON P65-0498<br />

14B WASHER, .141" I.D., .295" O.D., .021"<br />

thick, internal tooth lock<br />

15 SCREW, .190" - 32 x .75" long., slotted pan<br />

head<br />

16 BLOCK, for cores, for double-armature<br />

relays<br />

53029-081-00 P62-0837<br />

03610-124-ON P65-0208<br />

53336-012-00 P62-0758<br />

17 YOKE, for cores 01224-034-00 P62-0740<br />

18 FRAME, only 18476-000-00 P62-0748<br />

19 TUBE, for fastening relay to plugboard 29474-047-00 P62-0270<br />

20 SEAL 35285-000-00 P62-0299<br />

21 HANDLE, for relay 41909-022-00 P62-0319<br />

22 MAGNET (specify drawing no. of relay<br />

where part is used)<br />

53007-060-00 P62-0838<br />

23 NUT, .190" - 32 x .13" thick x .38" hex 01272-007-ON P76-0129<br />

24 SCREW, .164" - 32 x .63" long, crowned<br />

head<br />

07499-002-00 P62-0211<br />

24A NUT, .164" - 32 x .13" thick, hex 03891-011-00 P62-0186<br />

24B WASHER, .168" I.D., .340" O.D., .023" thick 53029-068-00 P62-0402<br />

25 CORE, for double armature relay 29514-173-00 P62-0750<br />

25A CORE, for single-armature relay 29514-172-00 P62-0749<br />

26 SPRING, pressure, for coils 13108-030-00 P62-0233<br />

27 HOLDER, for test data form 50023-039-00 P62-0356<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–47 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–12. VTB Polar Biased Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

28 FORM, test data 51553-095-00 P62-0839<br />

29 SCREW, .112" - 40 x .3" long, slotted pan<br />

head self tapping<br />

56190-003-00 P62-0593<br />

30 COIL, right or left hand, 0.10 ohms 59857-004-05 P62-0687<br />

30A COIL, right or left hand, 0.12 ohms 59857-004-04 P62-0686<br />

30B COIL, right or left hand, 2.0 ohms 59857-004-09 P62-0764<br />

30C COIL, right or left hand, 4.0 ohms 59857-004-06 P62-0763<br />

30D COIL, right or left hand, 17.0 ohms 59857-005-06 P62-0688<br />

30E COIL, right or left hand, 100.0 ohms 59857-005-07 P62-0689<br />

31 SCREW, for block and yoke, .190"-32 x 13006-063-00 P62-0743<br />

1.88" long, hex<br />

31A NUT, .190"-32 x .13" thick x .38" hex 01272-007-ON P76-0129<br />

31B WASHER, internal tooth shakeproof washer<br />

for a .190" screw<br />

53029-069-00 P62-0401<br />

32 BRACKET, left-hand 18470-000-01 P62-0744<br />

33 PLATE, clamping 18475-000-00 P62-0747<br />

34 SCREW, .112"-40 x .25" long slotted fillister<br />

head<br />

03404-008-ON P62-0445<br />

34A NUT, .112"-40 x .25" hex x .09" thick 01272-002-ON P62-0765<br />

34B WASHER, .115" I.D., .270" O.D., .019"<br />

thick, internal tooth lock<br />

35 SCREW, .164"-32 x .75" long, slotted pan<br />

head<br />

35A WASHER, .168" I.D., .340" O.D., .023"<br />

thick, internal tooth lock<br />

36 SCREW, .138"-40 x .25" long. slotted pan<br />

head<br />

53029-066-00 P65-0730<br />

03608-024-ON P62-0175<br />

03610-124-ON P65-0208<br />

03606-108-ON P62-0753<br />

37 NAME PLATE 00401-309-00 P62-0015<br />

38 SCREW, for supporting magnet, .190"-32 x<br />

1.38" long. fillister head<br />

38A NUT, .190" -32 x .385" x .38" Sq. x .13"<br />

thick<br />

38B WASHER, .190" I.D., .381" O.D., .025"<br />

internal tooth lock washer<br />

12563-020-00 P62-0742<br />

31784-001-00 P62-0751<br />

53029-069-00 P62-0401<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–48 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–12. VTB Polar Biased Relay Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

39 BRACKET, right-hand 18470-000-02 P62-0745<br />

40 ARMATURE COMPLETE 18472-001-01 P62-0245<br />

41 SLEEVE, molded rubber, used with #10<br />

AWG wire on plugboards<br />

42 TERMINAL, solder-type, two required per<br />

insulator<br />

35189-033-00 P62-0298<br />

55871-019-00 P62-0466<br />

44 NUT, .250" -28 hex 01472-003-00 P62-0167<br />

45 WASHER, spring lock for a .250" screw 01273-006-ON P81-0121<br />

46 WASHER, flat for a .250" screw 01250-029-ON P85-0050<br />

47 SCREW, .250" -28 x 1.25" slotted fillister<br />

head<br />

55470-004-00 P62-0448<br />

48 INSULATOR, for plugboard 55862-024-00 P62-0457<br />

49 STUD, for plugboard 48813-007-00 P62-0347<br />

49A NUT, .250" -28 hex, elastic stop 42333-065-00 P62-0320<br />

49B WASHER, flat washer for a .250" screw 01250-011-ON P50-0157<br />

50 SCREW, .164" -32 x .375", slotted fillister<br />

head<br />

50A WASHER, .168", 340" O.D., .023" thick,<br />

internal tooth shakeproof<br />

03408-012-ON P85-0870<br />

53029-068-00 P62-0402<br />

51 NUT, for current test posts .242" -24 00578-015-00 P62-0129<br />

52 CONNECTOR, for current test posts 04906-150-00 P62-0191<br />

53 SCREW, .164" -32 x .88" long. fillister head<br />

for fastening registration plate to relay<br />

54 SCREW, used as current test post, .242" -<br />

24 x 3.75" long<br />

55 SCREW, used a voltage test post, .242" -24<br />

x 3.38" long<br />

28989-046-00 P62-0268<br />

00374-010-00 P62-0108<br />

00376-013-00 P62-0109<br />

56 NUT, for fastening relay to plugboard 00846-029-00 P62-0144<br />

57 NUT, for locking nut (Ref. 56) 01472-008-00 P62-0166<br />

58 NUT, for lest posts, .242" -24 x .313" thick 42843-001-00 P76-0131<br />

59 WASHER, for test posts 01225-002-00 P76-0108<br />

60 NUT, .242" -24 x.188" thick 42839-005-00 P62-0333<br />

61 BUSHING, insulating, for connectors 06347-031-00 P62-0203<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–49 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–50 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.<br />

Nominal Res.<br />

Ohms<br />

Table 7–13. B Relay Coil and Compression Spring Part Numbers<br />

Coil Used For Relay Coil Compression Spring<br />

Top or<br />

Bottom<br />

Used with<br />

Catalog No.<br />

Drawing No. Catalog No. Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

105 Either A62-205 56015-023-01 P62-547 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

0.12 Either A62-211 56015-022-07 P62-543 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

0.2 Either A62-213 56015-022-06 P62-542 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

450 Top A62-215 56015-008-15 P62-519 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

0.45 Bottom A62-215 56015-022-05 P62-541 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

450 Top A62-217 56015-008-15 P62-519 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

0.069 Bottom A62-217 56015-056-01 P62-563 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

450 Top A62-221 56015-008-15 P62-519 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

0.12 Bottom A62-221 56015-022-07 P62-543 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

450 Top A62-231 56015-008-15 P62-519 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

0.2 Bottom A62-231 56015-022-06 P62-542 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

450 Top A62-236 56015-008-15 P62-519 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

0.61 Bottom A62-236 56015-022-01 P62-545 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

0.9 Either A62-260 56015-022-03 P62-540 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

2.0 Either A62-261 56015-022-02 P62-539 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

250 Either A62-262 56015-008-14 P62-518 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

250 Either A62-277 56015-008-14 P62-518 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

Parts Catalog


P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–51 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.<br />

Nominal Res.<br />

Ohms<br />

Table 7–13. B Relay Coil and Compression Spring Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Coil Used For Relay Coil Compression Spring<br />

Top or<br />

Bottom<br />

Used with<br />

Catalog No.<br />

Drawing No. Catalog No. Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

3.0 Either A62-293 56015-022-14 P62-546 00586-056-00 P62-130<br />

42 Either A62-295 56015-009-10 P62-521 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

450 Either A62-296 56015-008-14 P62-519 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

175 Either A62-300 56015-008-13 P62-517 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

42 Either A62-305 56015-009-10 P62-521 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

450 Either A62-308 56015-008-15 P62-519 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

175 Either A62-309 56015-008-13 P62-517 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

250 Either A62-310 56015-008-14 P62-518 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

450 Either A62-311 56015-008-15 P62-519 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

450 Top A62-312 56015-008-15 P62-519 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

8 Bottom A62-312 56015-022-01 P62-733 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

42 Top A62-313 56015-009-10 P62-521 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

1.6 Bottom A62-313 56015-037-02 P62-552 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

4.5 Either A62-314 56015-037-03 P62-553 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

29.5 Top A62-315 56015-035-03 P62-551 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

20.5 Bottom A62-315 56015-009-08 P62-520 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

50 Either A62-317 56015-008-10 P62-515 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

900 Either A62-318 56015-009-17 P62-523 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

Parts Catalog


P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–52 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.<br />

Nominal Res.<br />

Ohms<br />

Table 7–13. B Relay Coil and Compression Spring Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Coil Used For Relay Coil Compression Spring<br />

Top or<br />

Bottom<br />

Used with<br />

Catalog No.<br />

Drawing No. Catalog No. Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

900 Either A62-320 56015-009-17 P62-523 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

28.5 Top A62-325 56015-022-11 P62-776 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

135 Top A62-335 56015-021-04 P62-538 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

65 Bottom A62-335 56015-021-03 P62-537 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

300 Bottom A62-341 56015-012-16 P62-533 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

220 Bottom A62-345 56015-011-15 P62-530 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

194 Bottom A62-350 56015-012-15 P62-532 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

460 Bottom A62-353 56015-012-17 P62-534 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

450 Bottom A62-355 56015-008-15 P62-519 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

**194 Bottom A62-357 56015-012-15 P62-532 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

194 Bottom A62-358 56015-012-15 P62-532 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

**194 Bottom A62-359 56015-012-15 P62-532 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

**194 Bottom A62-360 56015-012-15 P62-532 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

12 Either A62-365 56015-045-10 P62-691 00586-110-00 P62-133<br />

300 Bottom A62-369 56015-012-16 P62-533 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

800 Bottom A62-370 56015-009-21 P62-525 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

400 Bottom A62-372 56015-012-17 P62-534 00586-095-00 P62-130<br />

** For use with relays containing aluminum slugs.<br />

Parts Catalog


P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–53 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.<br />

Nominal Res.<br />

Ohms<br />

Table 7–13. B Relay Coil and Compression Spring Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Coil Used For Relay Coil Compression Spring<br />

Top or<br />

Bottom<br />

Used with<br />

Catalog No.<br />

Drawing No. Catalog No. Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

40 Either A62-380 56015-023-05 P62-548 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

50-00 Either A62-401 56015-008-10 P62-515 00586-104-00 P62-132<br />

100 Either A62-406&407 56015-008-12 P62-516 00586-056-00 P62-130<br />

1.7 Top A62-410 56015-015-04 P62-536 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

2.2 Bottom A62-410 56015-014-03 P62-535 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

220 Bottom A62-415 56015-011-15 P62-530 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

0.045 Top A62-424 56015-056-03 P62-779 00586-056-00 P62-130<br />

450 Bottom A62-424 56015-008-15 P62-519 00586-056-00 P62-130<br />

250 Either A62-427 56015-008-14 P62-518 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

250 Either A62-429 56015-041-06 P62-554 00586-110-00 P62-133<br />

135 Top A62-430&431 56015-011-14 P62-529 00586-056-00 P62-130<br />

0.064 Bottom A62-430&431 56015-063-01 P62-568 00586-056-00 P62-130<br />

1225 Top A62-432 56015-029-01 P62-777 00586-056-00 P62-130<br />

0.068 Bottom A62-432 56015-030-01 P62-778 00586-056-00 P62-130<br />

220 Top A62-433 56015-011-15 P62-530 00586-169-00 P62-783<br />

1.85 Bottom A62-433 56015-067-01 P62-781 00586-169-00 P62-783<br />

40 Either A62-519 31066-101-08 P62-279 00586-138-00 P62-782<br />

460 Top A62-521 56015-012-17 P62-534 00586-095-00 P62-131<br />

1.0 Bottom A62-522 56015-065-02 P62-780 00586-138-00 P62-782<br />

Parts Catalog


Parts Catalog<br />

7.16. B RELAY CONTACT GROUPS<br />

1<br />

A. 2FB 1 B. 2FB 1 D. 1FB<br />

1<br />

1 1<br />

E. 2FB F. 2F-1B G. 2F-1B<br />

1<br />

1<br />

H. 1F-2B J. 1F-2B K. 2B<br />

2A<br />

2<br />

3 3<br />

M. 1F-1B N. 3B 1<br />

P. 2F<br />

3<br />

3A<br />

3 3<br />

1 1<br />

Q. 1F -1B R. 2B S. 2F<br />

1<br />

1A<br />

T. 2F-1B<br />

1<br />

U. 3F V. 3F<br />

1<br />

1<br />

W. 1FB-1F<br />

Three different pushers are used, each pusher is identified as 1, 2, or 3.<br />

Three different clips are used, example clips are identified as 1A, 2A, or 3A. These numbers refer to the ref. numbers used in Table 7-14, B Relay<br />

Group Pusher and Clip Part Numbers.<br />

See Table 7-13 for contact group combinations and descriptions for the above references A through W.<br />

Figure 7–14. B Relay Contact Groups<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–54 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

MARKED END<br />

OF MAGNET<br />

MARKED END<br />

OF MAGNET<br />

MARKED END<br />

OF MAGNET<br />

MARKED END<br />

OF MAGNET<br />

MARKED END<br />

OF MAGNET<br />

MARKED END<br />

OF MAGNET<br />

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6<br />

Figure 7–15. B Relay Extra Heavy-Duty (EHD) Contact Group Magnet Detail<br />

Figures 7–14 and 7–15, combined with Tables 7–14 and 7–15, provide contact, pusher<br />

and clip details for the typical B relay contact group combinations. B2 Code Rate<br />

Transmitter Relay contact group part numbers are summarized in Table 7–9 and VTB<br />

relay contact groups are included in Table 7–10.<br />

• Figure 7–14 shows the contacts groups identified by a reference letter that<br />

corresponds to Table 7–14’s Ref. column. The illustrations also include a reference<br />

numbers that correspond to the Ref. column in Table 7–15.<br />

• Figure 7–15 contains six illustrations of extra heavy-duty (EHD) contact groups<br />

identified by Fig. numbers corresponding to references in Table 7–14 Combination<br />

column.<br />

• Table 7–14 provides drawing and catalog numbers for the various B relay contact<br />

combinations.<br />

• Table 7–15 provides the three combinations of contact group pusher and clip part<br />

numbers used in the B relay combinations.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–55 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–14. B Relay Contact Group Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Combination Front Back Contacts Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

Contacts<br />

A 2FB AgC to S (MD) S to S (MD) 56012-108-06 P62-0484<br />

B 2FB AgC to S (HD) S to S (HD) 56012-108-09 P62-0488<br />

B 2FB S to S (HD) S to S (HD) 56012-108-08 P62-0487<br />

B 2FB AgC to S (HD) S to AgC (HD) 56012-108-07 P62-0485<br />

D<br />

1FB<br />

1FB<br />

S to S (HD)<br />

AgC to S (MD)<br />

E 2FB 2 SCdO to SCdO<br />

(HD)<br />

S to S (HD)<br />

S to S (MD)<br />

SCdO to SCdO<br />

(HD)<br />

56012-108-35 P62-0486<br />

56012-108-40 P62-0500<br />

F 2F-1B AgC to S (MD) S to S (MD) 56012-108-02 P62-0479<br />

G 2F-1B AgC to S (HD) S to S (HD) 56012-108-03 P62-0480<br />

H 1F-2B AgC to S (MD) S to S (MD) 56012-108-05 P62-0482<br />

J 1F-2B S to S (MD) S to S (MD) 56012-108-34 P62-0483<br />

K 2B - S to S (HD) 56012-108-25 P62-0495<br />

M 1 1F-1B (Fig. 1) AgC to S (EHD) S to S (EHD) 56012-108-12 P62-0803<br />

N 3B - S to S (MD) 56012-108-33 P62-0481<br />

P 2F S to S (MD) - 56012-108-36 P62-0489<br />

Q 1<br />

1F 2 -1B 2 (Fig. 1) SCdO to SCdO<br />

(EHD)<br />

SCdO to SCdO<br />

(EHD)<br />

56012-108-13 P62-0494<br />

R 1 2B (Fig. 3) - S to S (EHD) 56012-108-38 P62-0805<br />

S 1 2F (Fig. 2) AgC to S (EHD) — 56012-108-37 P62-0804<br />

S 1 2F (Fig. 4) AgC to S (EHD) — 56012-108-42 P62-0809<br />

S 1 2F (Fig. 5) AgC to S (EHD) — 56012-108-43 P62-0810<br />

T 2F-1B AgC to S (HD) S to AgC (HD) 56012-108-04 P62-0847<br />

U 3F AgC to S (MD) — 56012-108-22 N/A<br />

V 3F 2 SCdO to SCdO<br />

(HD)<br />

1FB-1F 2 (Fig. 6) AgC to S (MD)<br />

SCdO to SCdO<br />

(EHD)<br />

Legend:<br />

AgC to S = Silver-Impregnated Carbon to Silver<br />

HD = Heavy-Duty<br />

EHD = Extra Heavy-Duty, with magnetic blowouts<br />

W 1<br />

See the 2 notes on the next page.<br />

— 56012-108-01 N/A<br />

S-SMD 56012-108-46 N/A<br />

S to S = Silver to Silver<br />

MD = Medium Duty<br />

SCdO = Silver Cadmium Oxide<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–56 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

NOTE 1<br />

When ordering contact groups shown in Table 7–14 Ref. M, Q, R, S or W,<br />

be sure to identify the drawing number of the relay on which the contact<br />

group will be used, so magnets can be magnetized and assembled<br />

correctly.<br />

NOTE 2<br />

Be aware that the following references have a minimum current rating of<br />

0.300 amps for reliable contact operation:<br />

- reference E, 2FB combination with front-back contacts of SCdO (HD)<br />

- reference Q, 1F-1B combination with front and back contacts of SCdO to<br />

SCdO (EHD)<br />

- reference V, 3F combination with SCdO (HD) contacts<br />

- reference W, 1F SCdO to SCdO<br />

Table 7–15. B Relay Contact Group Pusher and Clip Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

1 PUSHER, for contact groups Refs. A, B, D,<br />

E, F, G, H, J, P, S T, U, V and W (Fig 7-14)<br />

1A<br />

CLIP, for above, two required (USE ONLY<br />

ONCE, DO NOT REUSE)<br />

2 PUSHER, for contact group Ref. K (Fig 7-<br />

14)<br />

2A<br />

CLIP, for above, two required (USE ONLY<br />

ONCE, DO NOT REUSE)<br />

3 PUSHER, for contact group Refs. M, N, Q<br />

and R (Fig 7-14)<br />

3A<br />

CLIP, for above, two required (USE ONLY<br />

ONCE, DO NOT REUSE)<br />

55863-089-00 P62-0811<br />

56025-001-00 P62-0577<br />

55863-050-00 P62-0463<br />

56025-001-00 P62-0577<br />

55863-009-00 P62-0458<br />

56025-001-00 P62-0577<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–57 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.17. B RELAY PLUGBOARDS AND INSTALLATION SUPPLIES<br />

Table 7–16 lists the common B relay installation materials. The items listed may be<br />

used during the installation procedure, depending on the specific relay. Figures 7–16<br />

and 7–17 show example materials. Kits include plugboard, two relay mounting guide<br />

rods, terminals, insulators, current test terminal and mounting bolts.<br />

For a listing of installation tools and a tool kit, refer to Appendix C.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–58 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

, 3B<br />

31<br />

E<br />

25A<br />

25B<br />

30<br />

11A<br />

Figure 7–16. B Relay Plugboards and Installation Supplies<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–59 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

WRAP AROUND<br />

WIRE TAGS<br />

(REF. 32)<br />

SOLDER<br />

TERMINAL<br />

(REF. 3)<br />

CRIMP<br />

TERMINAL<br />

(REF. 3A, 3B)<br />

INSULATOR<br />

(REF. 2)<br />

SLEEVE<br />

(REF. 29)<br />

BLANK B1<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

(REF. 7)<br />

B2 PLUGBOARD<br />

KIT<br />

(REF. D)<br />

B1 PLUGBOARD<br />

KIT<br />

(REF. C)<br />

BLANK B2<br />

PLUGBOARD<br />

(REF. 19)<br />

Figure 7–17. Example Installation Supplies<br />

Table 7–16. B Relay Plugboard and Terminal Board Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

A<br />

B<br />

TERMINAL, BOARD COMPLETE, with<br />

fourteen terminal posts, includes post nuts<br />

and washers, and mounting hardware<br />

TERMINAL BOARD COMPLETE, includes<br />

thirty-five terminal posts, includes post nuts<br />

and washers and mounting hardware<br />

C PLUGBOARD KIT, for all <strong>Type</strong> B, Size 1<br />

<strong>Relays</strong>, includes insulators Ref. 2; solder<br />

terminals Ref. 3; relay mounting studs with<br />

nuts and washers, Refs. 4, 5, 6, 8, 9;<br />

plugboard Ref. 7; current test post Ref. F;<br />

mounting bolts, nuts and washers Refs. 8,<br />

20, 22 and 23. Does not include registration<br />

plates or voltage post, Ref. E<br />

C1<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. C except<br />

has #16-20 AWG crimp type terminals<br />

59861-005-01 P62-0680<br />

59861-002-01 P62-0679<br />

59686-005-01 A62-0506<br />

59686-005-05 A62-0586<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–60 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–16. B Relay Plugboard and Terminal Board Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

C2<br />

C3<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. C except<br />

has #10-14 AWG crimp type terminals<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. C except<br />

without terminals Ref. 3<br />

D PLUGBOARD KIT, for all <strong>Type</strong> B, Size 2<br />

<strong>Relays</strong> except B2 Vane, Microchron Timer<br />

and VTB, includes insulators Ref. 2; solder<br />

terminals Ref. 3; relay mounting studs with<br />

nuts and washers Refs. 4, 5, 6, 8, 9;<br />

plugboard Ref. 19, current test post Ref. F,<br />

mounting bolts, nuts and washers Refs. 8,<br />

20, 22 and 23. Does not include registration<br />

plates, voltage post, Ref. E, or terminal<br />

block, Ref.10<br />

D1<br />

D2<br />

D3<br />

D4<br />

D5<br />

D6<br />

D7<br />

D8<br />

D9<br />

E<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. D except<br />

has #16-20 AWG crimp type terminals<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. D except<br />

has #10-14 AWG crimp type terminals<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. D except<br />

without terminals Ref. 3<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. D except<br />

for <strong>Type</strong> B2 Vane Relay<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. D4 except<br />

has #16-20 AWG crimp type terminals<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. D4 except<br />

has #10-14 AWG crimp type terminals<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. D4 except<br />

without terminals<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. D except<br />

for Microchron II Timer Relay<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. D8 except<br />

with #16-20 AWG crimp type terminals<br />

VOLTAGE TEST POST COMPLETE,<br />

includes screw, nuts, washers and terminal,<br />

for measuring coil(s) voltage<br />

59686-005-04 A62-0650<br />

59686-005-08 A62-0686<br />

59686-007-01 A62-0508<br />

59686-007-06 A62-0587<br />

59686-007-04 A62-0635<br />

59686-007-10 A62-0685<br />

59686-007-02 A62-0509<br />

59686-007-07 A62-0588<br />

59686-007-05 A62-0636<br />

59686-007-16 N/A<br />

59686-007-12 A62-0675<br />

59686-007-14 A62-0692<br />

42788-001-02 A62-0515<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–61 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–16. B Relay Plugboard and Terminal Board Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

F CURRENT TEST POST COMPLETE,<br />

includes screw, nuts, washers, bushing and<br />

connector, for opening coil circuit to<br />

measure coil(s) current<br />

42788-001-01 A62-0525<br />

G<br />

H<br />

J<br />

J1<br />

J2<br />

CURRENT TEST POST FOR VTB<br />

RELAYS, includes screw, nuts , washers,<br />

for measuring coil(s) current<br />

VOLTAGE TEST POST FOR VTB RELAY,<br />

includes screw, nuts , washers, for<br />

measuring coil(s) voltage<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT FOR VTB RELAY, Size<br />

2, includes insulators Ref. 2; solder<br />

terminals Ref. 3; relay mounting studs with<br />

nuts and washers, Refs. 4, 5, 6, 8, 9;<br />

plugboard Ref. 30; (2) current test posts<br />

Ref. F; (2) voltage test posts Ref. E;<br />

mounting bolts; nuts and washers refs. 8,<br />

20, 22, and 23. Does not include<br />

registration plates.<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. J except<br />

with #10-14 AWG crimp type terminals<br />

PLUGBOARD KIT, Same as Ref. J except<br />

with #16-20 AWG crimp type terminals<br />

2 INSULATOR, for holding terminal Ref. 3 in<br />

position on plugboard<br />

3 TERMINAL, solder type, two required per<br />

insulator<br />

3A<br />

3B<br />

TERMINAL, crimp type for #16 – 20 AWG<br />

wire, two required per insulator<br />

TERMINAL, crimp type for #10 – 14 AWG<br />

wire, two required per insulator<br />

42788-002-01 A62-0328<br />

42788-002-02 A62-0329<br />

59686-014-01 A62-0510<br />

59686-014-02 A62-0651<br />

59686-014-03 A62-0652<br />

55862-024-00 P62-0457<br />

55871-019-00 P62-0466<br />

55871-074-00 P03-0326<br />

55871-098-00 P03-0327<br />

4 NUT, knurled, for holding relay to plugboard 00846-029-00 P62-0144<br />

5 STUD, for holding relays except VTB Relay<br />

to plugboards<br />

5A<br />

STUD, Same as Ref. 5 except for VTB<br />

Relay<br />

48813-006-00 P62-0346<br />

48813-007-00 P62-0347<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–62 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–16. B Relay Plugboard and Terminal Board Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

6 NUT, for locking nut Ref. 4 01472-008-00 P62-0166<br />

7 PLUGBOARD, only, for all <strong>Type</strong> B1 <strong>Relays</strong>,<br />

does not include terminals, insulators, test<br />

posts or mounting studs<br />

56022-049-00 P62-0572<br />

8 WASHER, flat .266" I.D., .500" O.D., .031"<br />

thick<br />

01250-011-ON P50-0157<br />

9 NUT, .250" -28 hex, elastic stop 42333-065-00 P62-0320<br />

10 TERMINAL BLOCK COMPLETE 46048-053-01 P62-0339<br />

11 SCREW, .164" -32 x .75" long. slotted pan<br />

head self tapping (For mounting Ref. 10<br />

block)<br />

11A WASHER, internal tooth lock .164" I.D.,<br />

.340" O.D., .023" thick<br />

12 SCREW, used as terminal post for current<br />

and voltage test posts<br />

07608-224-ON P62-0596<br />

53029-068-00 P62-0402<br />

00376-009-00 P62-0107<br />

13 NUT, .242" -24 x .19" thick, hex 42839-005-00 P62-0333<br />

14 WASHER, for terminal posts, .266" I.D.,<br />

.188" O.D., .04" thick<br />

01225-002-00 P76-0108<br />

15 NUT, .242" -24 x .31 " thick, hex 42843-001-00 P76-0131<br />

16 NUT, .242" -24 x .375", spanner, for current<br />

test post<br />

17 CONNECTOR, for current test post<br />

terminals<br />

00578-015-00 P62-0129<br />

04906-126-00 P62-0190<br />

18 BUSHING, insulating, for current test post 06347-031-00 P62-0203<br />

19 PLUGBOARD, only, for all <strong>Type</strong> B, Size 2<br />

<strong>Relays</strong>, does not include terminals,<br />

insulators, test post or mounting screws<br />

20 SCREW, .250" -28 x 1.25" long., fillister<br />

head<br />

22 WASHER, .250" I.D., .487" O.D., .062"<br />

thick, spring lock<br />

56022-021-00 P62-0571<br />

55470-004-00 P62-0448<br />

01273-006-ON P81-0121<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–63 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–16. B Relay Plugboard and Terminal Board Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

23 NUT, .250" -28 X .22" thick, hex 01472-003-00 P62-0167<br />

24 PLATE, filler for blank spaces 42812-000-00 P62-0331<br />

25 SCREW, .250" -28 x .75" long. fillister head 55470-008-00 P62-0449<br />

25A NUT, .250" -28 x .22" thick, hex 01472-003-00 P62-0167<br />

25B WASHER, .250" I.D., .487" O.D., .062"<br />

thick, spring lock<br />

01273-006-ON P81-0121<br />

26 CONNECTOR, 1" centers, for Ref. B 04906-020-00 P76-0110<br />

26 CONNECTOR, 1.250" centers, horizontal<br />

for Ref. A<br />

26 CONNECTOR, 1.125" centers, vertical for<br />

Ref. A<br />

27 BOARD, designation, single, without<br />

lettering<br />

28 BOARD, designation, single, without<br />

lettering<br />

04906-006-00 P03-0107<br />

04906-021-00 P03-0108<br />

59683-010-01 P62-0766<br />

59683-006-01 P62-0767<br />

29 SLEEVE, rubber, insulating 35189-033-00 P62-0298<br />

30 PLUGBOARD ONLY, for VTB, size 2 relay,<br />

does not include terminals, insulators, test<br />

post or mounting screws<br />

31 AAR RING CRIMP TERMINAL, Red, #16-<br />

22 AWG for Tefzel wire<br />

31 AAR RING CRIMP TERMINAL, Blue, #14-<br />

16 AWG for Tefzel wire<br />

31 AAR RING CRIMP TERMINAL, Yellow,<br />

#10-12 AWG for Tefzel wire<br />

32 WRAP AROUND WIRE TAGS, for B1<br />

relays, columns 1-3<br />

32 WRAP AROUND WIRE TAGS, for B2<br />

relays, columns 4-6<br />

56022-031-00 N/A<br />

59825-223-00 N/A<br />

59825-222-00 N/A<br />

59825-199-00 N/A<br />

59539-405-00 P03-0305<br />

59539-406-00 P03-0306<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–64 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

7.18. B RELAY REGISTRATION PLATES AND GASKETS<br />

Figure 7–18 and Table 7–17 summarize the B relay registration plates and gaskets for<br />

most B relays. See Figure 7–13 and Table 7–11 for the VTB Polar Biased Relay<br />

registration plate and gaskets.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–65 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7 7A<br />

8<br />

7C<br />

7B<br />

A A1 A2, A3 A4<br />

8<br />

7B<br />

7A<br />

8<br />

7B<br />

7A<br />

9<br />

THERE ARE 4 VERSIONS OF THE B<br />

RELAY REGISTRATION PLATE.<br />

B<br />

THERE IS 1 PLUGBOARD<br />

REGISTRATION PLATE.<br />

Figure 7–18. B Relay Registration Plates and Gaskets<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–66 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–17. B Relay Registration Plate and Gasket Part Numbers<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

A REGISTRATION PLATE ASSEMBLY, 58879-000-51* P62-0720*<br />

includes plugboard and relay registration<br />

plates and mounting hardware, for all <strong>Type</strong><br />

B, Size 1 relays except code-responsive<br />

and magnetic-stick<br />

A1 Same as Ref. A, except for code-responsive 58879-005-05* P62-0670*<br />

and magnetic-stick relays<br />

A2 REGISTRATION PLATE ASSEMBLY,<br />

includes plugboard and relay registration<br />

plates and mounting hardware, for all <strong>Type</strong><br />

B, Size 2 code transmitter<br />

58879-005-04* P62-0671*<br />

A3 Same as Ref. A, except for <strong>Type</strong> B, Size 2<br />

Microchron II Timer relays<br />

A4 Same as Ref. A, except for <strong>Type</strong> B, Size 2<br />

vane relay<br />

A5<br />

B<br />

Same as Ref. A, except for VTB relay, see<br />

Figure 7–13<br />

PLUGBOARD REGISTRATION PLATE<br />

ASSEMBLY, includes one registration plate<br />

with 2 screws (Ref. 8)<br />

58879-000-53* P62-0668*<br />

58879-000-05* P62-0669*<br />

58879-009-51 N/A<br />

58876-000-51 N/A<br />

1 Gasket, for cover of <strong>Type</strong> B1 relays 13014-221-00 P62-0225<br />

1A<br />

Same as Ref. 1, except for cover of <strong>Type</strong><br />

B2 relays<br />

2 SHIELD, for back of contact blocks, for all<br />

relays except <strong>Type</strong> B2 vane<br />

2A<br />

2B<br />

Same as Ref. 2, except for contact spaces<br />

4 to 6 of <strong>Type</strong> B2 vane<br />

Same as Ref. 2, except for contact spaces<br />

1 to 3 of <strong>Type</strong> B2 vane<br />

3 SCREW, for attaching contact group, .138-<br />

40 x .625" long, flat head<br />

13014-222-00 P62-0226<br />

50737-091-00 P62-0227<br />

13014-279-00 P62-0228<br />

13014-280-00 P62-0229<br />

03306-120-ON P62-0200<br />

5 GASKET, for coils of <strong>Type</strong> B1 and B2 30646-005-00 P62-0276<br />

neutral relays<br />

6 GASKET, for front of cover 30646-012-00 P62-0277<br />

* When ordering registration plates include the Catalog or Drawing Number of the relay that the<br />

registration plates are intended.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–67 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Parts Catalog<br />

Table 7–17. B Relay Registration Plate and Gasket Part Numbers (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description Drawing No. Catalog No.<br />

7 SCREW, stainless steel, .164-32 x 1.0" long<br />

slotted pan head, for fastening registration<br />

plate to base of <strong>Type</strong> B1 relay<br />

03608-032-ON P76-0257<br />

7A SCREW, stainless steel, .164-32 x 1.187"<br />

long slotted flat head, for fastening<br />

registration plate to base of <strong>Type</strong> B2 relay<br />

18746-033-00 P62-0249<br />

7B NUT, for Ref. 7, .164-32, elastic stop 42333-046-00 N/A<br />

7C<br />

WASHER, for Ref. 7, .174" I.D., .293" O.D.,<br />

.040" thick, lock<br />

8 SCREW, stainless steel, .138-32 x<br />

.375"long, slotted flat head<br />

9 SCREW, stainless steel, .138-32 x .50"long,<br />

slotted flat head self tapping<br />

01273-022-ON<br />

N/A<br />

03306-012-ON P62-0193<br />

06306-016-ON P62-0192<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 7–68 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

A. APPENDIX A – RELAY ENGINEERING DATA (ED) SHEET LIST<br />

A.1.<br />

GENERAL<br />

This appendix includes two tables listing the B relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet<br />

numbers. For your convenience, the information is provided in two formats. Table A–1<br />

provides the ED sheet numbers by catalog number and cross-references drawing<br />

number. Table A–2 provides the ED sheet numbers by drawing number and crossreferences<br />

catalog number.<br />

NOTE<br />

ED60-1 is a generic ED sheet that applies to most relays. It provides<br />

general instructions covering customer adjustments and tests for neutral,<br />

biased-neutral, and polar relays.<br />

To determine a relay's drawing or catalog number, refer to Heading 1.2.2., Identification.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–1 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–1. ED sheets Listed By Catalog Number<br />

Catalog No. Drawing No. ED sheet No.<br />

A62-120 56001-921-09 ED56601-921-09<br />

A62-122 56001-921-07 ED56001-921-07<br />

A62-125 56001-922-07 ED56001-922-07<br />

A62-126 56001-921-02 ED56001-921-02<br />

A62-129 56001-925-10 ED60-143<br />

A62-130 56001-921-05 ED56001-921-05<br />

A62-131 56001-921-14 ED56001-921-14<br />

A62-132 56001-921-10 ED56001-921-10<br />

A62-140 56001-922-05 ED60-274<br />

A62-145 56002-719-01 ED56002-719-01<br />

A62-150 56002-720-01 ED56002-720-01<br />

A62-155 56001-663-07 ED56001-663-07<br />

A62-156 56001-672-01 ED60-189<br />

A62-157 58640-172-03 ED60-108<br />

A62-161 56001-672-03 ED60-256<br />

A62-162 56001-674-01 ED60-113<br />

A62-163 56001-674-02 ED56001-674-02<br />

A62-164 58640-179-22 ED58640-179-22<br />

A62-170 57490-095-05 ED57490-095-05<br />

A62-171 57490-096-04 ED57490-096-04<br />

A62-172 57490-097-04 ED57490-097-04<br />

A62-173 57490-098-01 ED57490-098-01<br />

A62-175 57490-091-05 ED57490-091-05<br />

A62-176 57490-092-01 ED57490-092-01<br />

A62-177 57490-093-01 ED57490-093-01<br />

A62-178 57490-094-01 ED57490-094-01<br />

A62-205 56001-880-01 ED56001-880-01<br />

A62-211 56001-785-35 ED56001-785-35<br />

A62-213 56001-785-55 ED56001-785-55<br />

A62-215 56001-785-59 ED56001-785-59<br />

A62-217 56001-785-61 ED56001-785-61<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–2 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–1. ED sheets Listed By Catalog Number (Cont.)<br />

Catalog No. Drawing No. ED sheet No.<br />

A62-221 56001-873-01 ED56001-873-01<br />

A62-231 56001-785-10 ED56001-785-10<br />

A62-236 56001-865-01 ED56001-865-01<br />

A62-245 58645-172-06 ED58645-172-06<br />

A62-246 58645-172-04 ED60-110<br />

A62-247 58645-172-05 ED60-163<br />

A62-260 56001-714-03 ED60-257<br />

A62-261 56001-714-01 ED60-286<br />

A62-262 56001-762-02 ED56001-762-02<br />

A62-275 56001-787-02 ED60-129<br />

A62-276 56001-787-01 ED56001-787-01<br />

A62-277 56001-783-02 ED60-131<br />

A62-293 56001-785-91 ED60-101<br />

A62-295 56001-785-31 ED60-277<br />

A62-296 56001-762-01 ED60-297<br />

A62-300 56001-789-05 ED60-130<br />

A62-305 56001-785-37 ED60-194<br />

A62-308 56001-783-01 ED56001-783-01<br />

A62-309 56001-822-06 ED56001-822-06<br />

A62-310 56001-822-02 ED56001-822-02<br />

A62-311 56001-822-01 ED60-195<br />

A62-312 56001-785-83 ED60-219<br />

A62-314 56001-785-12 ED60-145<br />

A62-315 56001-872-01 ED56001-872-01<br />

A62-317 56001-789-03 ED60-152<br />

A62-318 56001-875-01 ED56001-875-01<br />

A62-319 56001-787-05 ED56001-787-05<br />

A62-320 56001-908-01 ED60-138<br />

A62-323 56001-670-13 ED60-215<br />

A62-324 56001-911-01 ED60-228<br />

A62-325 56001-838-01 ED60-295<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–3 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–1. ED sheets Listed By Catalog Number (Cont.)<br />

Catalog No. Drawing No. ED sheet No.<br />

A62-330 56002-703-01 ED56002-703-01<br />

A62-331 56002-710-01 ED60-270<br />

A62-335 56001-909-01 ED56001-909-01<br />

A62-341 56001-790-01 ED56001-790-01<br />

A62-345 56001-736-01 ED60-287<br />

A62-350 56001-851-01 ED60-140<br />

A62-353 56001-830-01 ED56001-830-01<br />

A62-355 56001-808-26 ED56001-808-26<br />

A62-357 56001-792-02 ED56001-792-02<br />

A62-358 56001-778-01 ED56001-778-01<br />

A62-359 56001-780-01 ED56001-780-01<br />

A62-360 56001-774-01 ED56001-774-01<br />

A62-365 56001-904-01 ED60-172<br />

A62-369 56001-817-01 ED56001-817-01<br />

A62-370 56001-792-01 ED56001-792-01<br />

A62-372 56001-785-85 ED60-205<br />

A62-380 56001-759-01 ED56001-759-01<br />

A62-401 56001-721-01 ED60-319<br />

A62-406 56001-745-01 ED56001-745-01<br />

A62-407 56001-745-02 ED56001-745-02<br />

A62-410 56001-785-36 ED56001-785-36<br />

A62-415 56001-738-01 ED60-288<br />

A62-417 56001-901-01 ED60-211<br />

A62-424 56001-785-99 ED56001-785-99<br />

A62-425 56001-785-80 ED56001-785-80<br />

A62-427 56001-917-01 ED56001-917-01<br />

A62-429 56001-926-01 ED56001-926-01<br />

A62-430 56001-916-02 ED56001-916-02<br />

A62-431 56001-916-01 ED56001-916-01<br />

A62-432 56001-785-01 ED56001-785-01<br />

A62-433 56001-937-01 ED60-328<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–4 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–1. ED sheets Listed By Catalog Number (Cont.)<br />

Catalog No. Drawing No. ED sheet No.<br />

A62-485 56005-100-08 ED60-170<br />

A62-486 56005-100-09 ED60-126<br />

A62-490 59301-101-01 ED60-812<br />

A62-491 59301-151-02 ED59301-151-02<br />

A62-492 59301-151-05 ED59301-151-05<br />

A62-493 59301-201-12 ED59301-201-12<br />

A62-494 59301-201-14 ED59301-201-14<br />

A62-495 59301-251-01 ED59301-251-01<br />

A62-498 59301-151-04 ED59301-151-04<br />

A62-519 56001-679-06 ED56001-679-06<br />

A62-519 56001-679-06 ED56001-679-06<br />

A62-522 56001-931-02 ED56001-931-02<br />

A62-530 59301-251-04 ED59301-251-04<br />

A62-532 59301-251-02 ED59301-251-02<br />

A62-533 59301-201-01 ED59301-201-01<br />

A62-534 59301-201-03 ED59301-201-03<br />

A62-536 59301-101-02 ED59301-101-02<br />

A62-537 59301-151-06 ED59301-151-06<br />

A62-538 59301-101-04 ED60-802<br />

A62-541 56002-723-01 ED56002-723-01<br />

A62-542 56001-950-01 ED56001-950-01<br />

A62-543 56001-922-02 ED56001-922-02<br />

A62-544 56001-763-02 ED56001-763-02<br />

A62-545 56001-785-21 ED56001-785-21<br />

A62-546 56001-881-01 ED56001-881-01<br />

A62-547 56005-100-01 ED56005-100-01<br />

A62-548 56005-100-18 ED56005-100-18<br />

A62-549 56001-922-01 ED56001-922-01<br />

A62-550 56001-922-10 ED60-336<br />

A62-552 56001-927-01 ED56001-927-01<br />

A62-553 56001-928-01 ED56001-928-01<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–5 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–1. ED sheets Listed By Catalog Number (Cont.)<br />

Catalog No. Drawing No. ED sheet No.<br />

A62-554 56001-932-01 ED56001-932-01<br />

A62-555 56001-933-01 ED56001-933-01<br />

A62-557 56001-762-04 ED56001-762-04<br />

A62-559 56001-910-08 ED60-268<br />

A62-560 56001-914-01 ED60-155<br />

A62-565 56001-709-06 ED56001-709-06<br />

A62-566 56001-935-01 ED56001-935-01<br />

A62-575 56001-672-05 ED56001-672-05<br />

A62-578 56001-946-01 ED56001-946-01<br />

A62-579 56001-947-01 ED56001-947-01<br />

A62-580 56001-951-01 ED56001-951-01<br />

A62-589 56001-670-10 ED56001-670-10<br />

A62-595 58640-172-01 ED58640-172-01<br />

A62-597 56005-100-20 ED56005-100-20<br />

A62-598 58640-171-04 ED58640-171-04<br />

A62-599 56001-952-01 ED56001-952-01<br />

A62-601 56001-886-01 ED56001-886-01<br />

A62-603 56001-938-01 ED60-106<br />

A62-604 56001-942-01 ED56001-942-01<br />

A62-605 56001-943-01 ED56001-943-01<br />

A62-606 56002-717-02 ED60-253<br />

A62-607 56002-722-01 ED56002-722-01<br />

A62-608 56001-953-01 ED56001-953-01<br />

A62-610 58640-172-04 ED58640-172-04<br />

A62-613 56001-956-01 ED56001-956-01<br />

A62-614 56001-957-01 ED56001-957-01<br />

A62-616 56001-959-01 ED56001-959-01<br />

A62-617 56001-960-01 ED56001-960-01<br />

A62-620 56002-725-01 ED56002-725-01<br />

A62-622 58640-171-03 ED58640-171-03<br />

A62-623 56001-956-02 ED56001-956-02<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–6 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–1. ED sheets Listed By Catalog Number (Cont.)<br />

Catalog No. Drawing No. ED sheet No.<br />

A62-624 56001-921-04 ED56001-921-04<br />

A62-626 58645-172-08 ED58645-172-08<br />

A62-629 59301-251-05 ED59301-251-05<br />

A62-633 56001-961-01 ED56001-961-01<br />

A62-634 56001-962-01 ED56001-962-01<br />

A62-637 56001-963-01 ED56001-963-01<br />

A62-638 58645-172-09 ED58645-172-09<br />

A62-639 56001-965-01 ED56001-965-01<br />

A62-642 57490-121-01 ED57490-121-01<br />

A62-643 57490-122-01 ED57490-122-01<br />

A62-644 56005-100-21 ED56005-100-21<br />

A62-654 56001-968-01 ED56001-968-01<br />

A62-655 56001-670-02 ED56001-670-02<br />

A62-658 56001-969-01 ED56001-969-01<br />

A62-659 56001-664-05 ED56001-664-05<br />

A62-660 56001-664-06 ED56001-664-06<br />

A62-661 56001-970-01 ED56001-970-01<br />

A62-662 59301-151-01 ED59301-151-01<br />

A62-663 59301-200-03 ED60-811<br />

A62-664 59301-101-08 ED60-814<br />

A62-665 56001-945-01 ED56001-945-01<br />

A62-667 56001-971-01 ED56001-971-01<br />

A62-669 56001-972-01 ED56001-972-01<br />

A62-670 56001-973-01 ED56001-973-01<br />

A62-672 56001-975-01 ED56001-975-01<br />

A62-676 58640-179-29 ED58640-179-29<br />

A62-677 56001-944-01 ED60-326<br />

A62-678 56001-672-02 ED60-203<br />

A62-679 56001-675-01 ED56001-675-01<br />

A62-680 58640-169-06 ED58640-169-06<br />

A62-681 56001-978-01 ED56001-978-01<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–7 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–1. ED sheets Listed By Catalog Number (Cont.)<br />

Catalog No. Drawing No. ED sheet No.<br />

A62-691 50800-101-01 ED50800-101-01<br />

A62-694 56005-100-19 ED56005-100-19<br />

A62-715 56001-927-02 ED56001-927-02<br />

A62-716 56001-675-02 ED56001-675-02<br />

A62-717 56001-762-08 ED56001-762-08<br />

A62-718 56001-981-01 ED56001-981-01<br />

A62-719 56001-911-02 ED56001-911-02<br />

A62-720 56001-922-13 ED56001-922-13<br />

A62-721 56001-926-03 ED56001-926-03<br />

A62-722 56001-928-02 ED56001-928-02<br />

A62-723 56005-100-22 ED56005-100-22<br />

A62-724 56005-100-23 ED56005-100-23<br />

A62-725 57490-080-10 ED57490-080-10<br />

A62-733 57490-119-02 ED57490-119-02<br />

A62-736 56001-982-01 ED56001-982-01<br />

A62-740 57490-080-09 ED57490-080-09<br />

A62-741 56001-983-01 ED56001-983-01<br />

A62-742 50800-102-01 ED50800-102-01<br />

A62-743 56001-984-01 ED56001-984-01<br />

A62-744 50800-101-02 ED50800-101-02<br />

A62-761 50800-103-01 ED50800-103-01<br />

A62-763 56001-986-01 ED56001-986-01<br />

A62-764 56001-987-01 ED56001-987-01<br />

A62-765 56001-745-03 ED56001-745-03<br />

A62-766 56001-916-03 ED56001-916-03<br />

A62-767 56001-921-15 ED56001-921-15<br />

---- 56001-988-01 ED56001-988-01<br />

--- 50800-104-01 ED50800-104-01<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–8 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–2. ED sheets Listed By Drawing Number<br />

Drawing No. Catalog No. ED sheet No.<br />

50800-101-01 A62-691 ED50800-101-01<br />

50800-101-02 A62-744 ED50800-101-02<br />

50800-103-01 A62-761 ED50800-103-01<br />

50800-104-01 --- ED50800-104-01<br />

56001-663-07 A62-155 ED56001-663-07<br />

56001-664-05 A62-659 ED56001-664-05<br />

56001-664-06 A62-660 ED56001-664-06<br />

56001-670-02 A62-655 ED56001-670-02<br />

56001-670-10 A62-589 ED56001-670-10<br />

56001-670-13 A62-323 ED60-215<br />

56001-672-01 A62-156 ED60-189<br />

56001-672-02 A62-678 ED60-203<br />

56001-672-03 A62-161 ED60-256<br />

56001-672-05 A62-575 ED56001-672-05<br />

56001-674-01 A62-162 ED60-113<br />

56001-674-02 A62-163 ED56001-674-02<br />

56001-675-01 A62-679 ED56001-675-01<br />

56001-675-02 A62-716 ED56001-675-02<br />

56001-679-06 A62-519 ED56001-679-06<br />

56001-679-06 A62-519 ED56001-679-06<br />

56001-709-06 A62-565 ED56001-709-06<br />

56001-714-01 A62-261 ED60-286<br />

56001-714-03 A62-260 ED60-257<br />

56001-721-01 A62-401 ED60-319<br />

56001-736-01 A62-345 ED60-287<br />

56001-738-01 A62-415 ED60-288<br />

56001-745-01 A62-406 ED56001-745-01<br />

56001-745-02 A62-407 ED56001-745-02<br />

56001-745-03 A62-765 ED56001-745-03<br />

56001-759-01 A62-380 ED56001-759-01<br />

56001-762-01 A62-296 ED60-297<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–9 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–2. ED sheets Listed By Drawing Number (Cont.)<br />

Drawing No. Catalog No. ED sheet No.<br />

56001-762-02 A62-262 ED56001-762-02<br />

56001-762-04 A62-557 ED56001-762-04<br />

56001-762-08 A62-717 ED56001-762-08<br />

56001-763-02 A62-544 ED56001-763-02<br />

56001-774-01 A62-360 ED56001-774-01<br />

56001-778-01 A62-358 ED56001-778-01<br />

56001-780-01 A62-359 ED56001-780-01<br />

56001-783-01 A62-308 ED56001-783-01<br />

56001-783-02 A62-277 ED60-131<br />

56001-785-01 A62-432 ED56001-785-01<br />

56001-785-10 A62-231 ED56001-785-10<br />

56001-785-12 A62-314 ED60-145<br />

56001-785-21 A62-545 ED56001-785-21<br />

56001-785-31 A62-295 ED60-277<br />

56001-785-35 A62-211 ED56001-785-35<br />

56001-785-36 A62-410 ED56001-785-36<br />

56001-785-37 A62-305 ED60-194<br />

56001-785-41 A62-684 ED60-225<br />

56001-785-55 A62-213 ED56001-785-55<br />

56001-785-59 A62-215 ED56001-785-59<br />

56001-785-61 A62-217 ED56001-785-61<br />

56001-785-80 A62-425 ED56001-785-80<br />

56001-785-83 A62-312 ED60-219<br />

56001-785-85 A62-372 ED60-205<br />

56001-785-91 A62-293 ED60-101<br />

56001-785-99 A62-424 ED56001-785-99<br />

56001-787-01 A62-276 ED56001-787-01<br />

56001-787-02 A62-275 ED60-129<br />

56001-787-05 A62-319 ED56001-787-05<br />

56001-789-03 A62-317 ED60-152<br />

56001-789-05 A62-300 ED60-130<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–10 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–2. ED sheets Listed By Drawing Number (Cont.)<br />

Drawing No. Catalog No. ED sheet No.<br />

56001-790-01 A62-341 ED56001-790-01<br />

56001-792-01 A62-370 ED56001-792-01<br />

56001-792-02 A62-357 ED56001-792-02<br />

56001-808-26 A62-355 ED56001-808-26<br />

56001-817-01 A62-369 ED56001-817-01<br />

56001-822-01 A62-311 ED60-195<br />

56001-822-02 A62-310 ED56001-822-02<br />

56001-822-06 A62-309 ED56001-822-06<br />

56001-830-01 A62-353 ED56001-830-01<br />

56001-838-01 A62-325 ED60-295<br />

56001-851-01 A62-350 ED60-140<br />

56001-865-01 A62-236 ED56001-865-01<br />

56001-872-01 A62-315 ED56001-872-01<br />

56001-873-01 A62-221 ED56001-873-01<br />

56001-875-01 A62-318 ED56001-875-01<br />

56001-880-01 A62-205 ED56001-880-01<br />

56001-881-01 A62-546 ED56001-881-01<br />

56001-886-01 A62-601 ED56001-886-01<br />

56001-901-01 A62-417 ED60-211<br />

56001-904-01 A62-365 ED60-172<br />

56001-908-01 A62-320 ED60-138<br />

56001-909-01 A62-335 ED56001-909-01<br />

56001-910-08 A62-559 ED60-268<br />

56001-911-01 A62-324 ED60-228<br />

56001-911-02 A62-719 ED56001-911-02<br />

56001-914-01 A62-560 ED60-155<br />

56001-916-01 A62-431 ED56001-916-01<br />

56001-916-02 A62-430 ED56001-916-02<br />

56001-916-03 A62-766 ED56001-916-03<br />

56001-917-01 A62-427 ED56001-917-01<br />

56001-921-02 A62-126 ED56001-921-02<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–11 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–2. ED sheets Listed By Drawing Number (Cont.)<br />

Drawing No. Catalog No. ED sheet No.<br />

56001-921-04 A62-624 ED56001-921-04<br />

56001-921-05 A62-130 ED56001-921-05<br />

56001-921-07 A62-122 ED56001-921-07<br />

56001-921-09 A62-120 ED56601-921-09<br />

56001-921-10 A62-132 ED56001-921-10<br />

56001-921-14 A62-131 ED56001-921-14<br />

56001-921-15 A62-767 ED56001-921-15<br />

56001-922-01 A62-549 ED56001-922-01<br />

56001-922-02 A62-543 ED56001-922-02<br />

56001-922-05 A62-140 ED60-274<br />

56001-922-07 A62-125 ED56001-922-07<br />

56001-922-10 A62-550 ED60-336<br />

56001-922-13 A62-720 ED56001-922-13<br />

56001-925-10 A62-129 ED60-143<br />

56001-926-01 A62-429 ED56001-926-01<br />

56001-926-03 A62-721 ED56001-926-03<br />

56001-927-01 A62-552 ED56001-927-01<br />

56001-927-02 A62-715 ED56001-927-02<br />

56001-928-01 A62-553 ED56001-928-01<br />

56001-928-02 A62-722 ED56001-928-02<br />

56001-931-02 A62-522 ED56001-931-02<br />

56001-932-01 A62-554 ED56001-932-01<br />

56001-933-01 A62-555 ED56001-933-01<br />

56001-935-01 A62-566 ED56001-935-01<br />

56001-937-01 A62-433 ED60-328<br />

56001-938-01 A62-603 ED60-106<br />

56001-942-01 A62-604 ED56001-942-01<br />

56001-943-01 A62-605 ED56001-943-01<br />

56001-944-01 A62-677 ED60-326<br />

56001-945-01 A62-665 ED56001-945-01<br />

56001-946-01 A62-578 ED56001-946-01<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–12 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–2. ED sheets Listed By Drawing Number (Cont.)<br />

Drawing No. Catalog No. ED sheet No.<br />

56001-947-01 A62-579 ED56001-947-01<br />

56001-950-01 A62-542 ED56001-950-01<br />

56001-951-01 A62-580 ED56001-951-01<br />

56001-952-01 A62-599 ED56001-952-01<br />

56001-953-01 A62-608 ED56001-953-01<br />

56001-956-01 A62-613 ED56001-956-01<br />

56001-956-02 A62-623 ED56001-956-02<br />

56001-957-01 A62-614 ED56001-957-01<br />

56001-959-01 A62-616 ED56001-959-01<br />

56001-960-01 A62-617 ED56001-960-01<br />

56001-961-01 A62-633 ED56001-961-01<br />

56001-962-01 A62-634 ED56001-962-01<br />

56001-963-01 A62-637 ED56001-963-01<br />

56001-965-01 A62-639 ED56001-965-01<br />

56001-968-01 A62-654 ED56001-968-01<br />

56001-969-01 A62-658 ED56001-969-01<br />

56001-970-01 A62-661 ED56001-970-01<br />

56001-971-01 A62-667 ED56001-971-01<br />

56001-972-01 A62-669 ED56001-972-01<br />

56001-973-01 A62-670 ED56001-973-01<br />

56001-975-01 A62-672 ED56001-975-01<br />

56001-976-01 A62-689 ED56001-976-01<br />

56001-978-01 A62-681 ED56001-978-01<br />

56001-979-01 A62-682 ED56001-979-01<br />

56001-980-01 A62-690 ED56001-980-01<br />

56001-981-01 A62-718 ED56001-981-01<br />

56001-982-01 A62-736 ED56001-982-01<br />

56001-983-01 A62-741 ED56001-983-01<br />

56001-984-01 A62-743 ED56001-984-01<br />

56001-986-01 A62-763 ED56001-986-01<br />

56001-987-01 A62-764 ED56001-987-01<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–13 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–2. ED sheets Listed By Drawing Number (Cont.)<br />

Drawing No. Catalog No. ED sheet No.<br />

56001-988-01 ---- ED56001-988-01<br />

56002-703-01 A62-330 ED56002-703-01<br />

56002-710-01 A62-331 ED60-270<br />

56002-717-02 A62-606 ED60-253<br />

56002-719-01 A62-145 ED56002-719-01<br />

56002-720-01 A62-150 ED56002-720-01<br />

56002-722-01 A62-607 ED56002-722-01<br />

56002-723-01 A62-541 ED56002-723-01<br />

56002-725-01 A62-620 ED56002-725-01<br />

56005-100-01 A62-547 ED56005-100-01<br />

56005-100-08 A62-485 ED60-170<br />

56005-100-09 A62-486 ED60-126<br />

56005-100-18 A62-548 ED56005-100-18<br />

56005-100-19 A62-694 ED56005-100-19<br />

56005-100-20 A62-597 ED56005-100-20<br />

56005-100-21 A62-644 ED56005-100-21<br />

56005-100-22 A62-723 ED56005-100-22<br />

56005-100-23 A62-724 ED56005-100-23<br />

57490-080-09 A62-740 ED57490-080-09<br />

57490-080-10 A62-725 ED57490-080-10<br />

57490-091-05 A62-175 ED57490-091-05<br />

57490-092-01 A62-176 ED57490-092-01<br />

57490-093-01 A62-177 ED57490-093-01<br />

57490-094-01 A62-178 ED57490-094-01<br />

57490-095-05 A62-170 ED57490-095-05<br />

57490-096-04 A62-171 ED57490-096-04<br />

57490-097-04 A62-172 ED57490-097-04<br />

57490-098-01 A62-173 ED57490-098-01<br />

57490-119-02 A62-733 ED57490-119-02<br />

57490-121-01 A62-642 ED57490-121-01<br />

57490-122-01 A62-643 ED57490-122-01<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–14 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

Table A–2. ED sheets Listed By Drawing Number (Cont.)<br />

Drawing No. Catalog No. ED sheet No.<br />

58640-169-06 A62-680 ED58640-169-06<br />

58640-171-03 A62-622 ED58640-171-03<br />

58640-171-04 A62-598 ED58640-171-04<br />

58640-172-01 A62-595 ED58640-172-01<br />

58640-172-03 A62-157 ED60-108<br />

58640-172-04 A62-610 ED58640-172-04<br />

58640-179-22 A62-164 ED58640-179-22<br />

58640-179-29 A62-676 ED58640-179-29<br />

58645-172-04 A62-246 ED60-110<br />

58645-172-05 A62-247 ED60-163<br />

58645-172-06 A62-245 ED58645-172-06<br />

58645-172-08 A62-626 ED58645-172-08<br />

58645-172-09 A62-638 ED58645-172-09<br />

59301-101-01 A62-490 ED60-812<br />

59301-101-02 A62-536 ED59301-101-02<br />

59301-101-04 A62-538 ED60-802<br />

59301-101-08 A62-664 ED60-814<br />

59301-151-01 A62-662 ED59301-151-01<br />

59301-151-02 A62-491 ED59301-151-02<br />

59301-151-04 A62-498 ED59301-151-04<br />

59301-151-05 A62-492 ED59301-151-05<br />

59301-151-06 A62-537 ED59301-151-06<br />

59301-200-03 A62-663 ED60-811<br />

59301-201-01 A62-533 ED59301-201-01<br />

59301-201-03 A62-534 ED59301-201-03<br />

59301-201-12 A62-493 ED59301-201-12<br />

59301-201-14 A62-494 ED59301-201-14<br />

59301-251-01 A62-495 ED59301-251-01<br />

59301-251-02 A62-532 ED59301-251-02<br />

59301-251-04 A62-530 ED59301-251-04<br />

59301-251-05 A62-629 ED59301-251-05<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–15 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Relay Engineering Data (ED) sheet Lists<br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 A–16 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Glossary<br />

B. APPENDIX B - GLOSSARY<br />

B.1.<br />

CONTACT DEFINITIONS<br />

Back – (B) Relay contact that is made when relay is de-energized (normally closed).<br />

Break - All front or back contacts are just open when a gauge of a specific dimension is<br />

inserted between the armature residual screw and the core face with the relay<br />

energized.<br />

Break-before-make -In a dependent front-heel-back contact the back contact will break<br />

before the front contact makes as the relay is energized.<br />

Contact Application<br />

• D = Dry Circuit<br />

• EHD = Extra Heavy-Duty<br />

• HV = High Voltage<br />

• HD = Heavy-Duty<br />

• LD = Light Duty<br />

• MD = Medium Duty<br />

• S = Safety<br />

• XHD = Heavy-Duty with Blowout Magnets<br />

Contact Materials –<br />

• AgC = Silver Impregnated Carbon<br />

• AgPt = Silver Platinum<br />

• G = Gold<br />

• S = Silver<br />

• SCdO = Silver Cadmium Oxide<br />

• T = Tungsten<br />

Front – (F) Relay contact that is normally open when relay is de-energized.<br />

Heel – (H) Contact that is driven by pusher.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 B–1 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Glossary<br />

Make - Specified dimension that will cause all front or back contacts to be just made<br />

(closed) when a gauge of this dimension is inserted between the armature residual<br />

screw and core face with the relay energized.<br />

Makes-before-break – (MB) In a dependent front-heel-back contact the front contact will<br />

make before the back contact breaks.<br />

B.2.<br />

GENERAL DEFINITIONS<br />

Approximate - on relay ordering sheets the abbreviation "approx." When used with<br />

armature air gap, it indicates that this air gap is to be adhered to as closely as possible.<br />

In no case should this value be less than the minimums given in Section 1.4 (armature<br />

air gap) of ED60-1.<br />

NOTE<br />

ED60-1 is a generic ED sheet that applies to most relays. It provides<br />

general instructions covering customer adjustments and tests for neutral,<br />

biased-neutral, and polar relays.<br />

Armature Air Gap - The closest point between armature and core face measured when<br />

the relay is energized.<br />

Coil Resistance - This is total coil resistance of relay under test.<br />

Contact Resistance - Total resistance of the individual contact as measured at the<br />

terminals of the relay under test. Resistance to be measured at 1 amp contact current.<br />

Back (NC) measurements made with relay de-energized. Front (NO) measurements<br />

made with relay energized to normal WORKING current.<br />

Down Pressure - Pressure put on fingers so that when contact group is assembled on<br />

relay, all front contacts will be open and all heel contacts will just be making contact with<br />

the back contacts. In addition, each roller must sit on the bottom of its slot when the<br />

pusher is raised to just open the back contacts.<br />

DROP AWAY – (DA) Current or voltage specified on Ordering sheet at which relay just<br />

makes its back contacts. This value is taken after the relay is saturated to a specified<br />

value of current.<br />

Hi-Pot Test (B1 and B2) - The insulation of coils and contacts shall withstand 3000V at<br />

60 Hz.<br />

NOTE<br />

For subsequent tests, voltage should be reduced 20 percent each time.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 B–2 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Glossary<br />

Overpressure -<br />

• Dead Weight - Pressure applied at the residual screw to just raise the bridge stop<br />

screw from its stop with the overpressure compression spring ineffective.<br />

• Final Pressure - Pressure applied at the residual screw to just raise the bridge stop<br />

screw from its stop with the overpressure compression spring effective.<br />

Pick Up Transition Time - Crossover time from break back to make front contact.<br />

PICKUP Current or Voltage – (PU) Specified current or voltage at which the relay just<br />

makes its front contacts.<br />

PICKUP Time - Time required for a relay to make any one of its front contacts after Pick<br />

Up current or voltage is applied.<br />

Release Time - Time required for a relay to break any one of its front contacts after the<br />

relay is de-energized.<br />

Release Transition Time - Crossover time from break front to make back contacts.<br />

Saturation – (Sat) Current necessary to saturate magnetic structure of relay.<br />

Trapped Pressure - Pressure required to just lift a contact off the stop plate without<br />

contacting the pressure plate.<br />

WORKING Current or Voltage – (WC) Current or voltage specified on ordering sheet<br />

needed to energize relay to its front stop.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 B–3 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Glossary<br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 B–4 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Tools and Kits<br />

C. APPENDIX C – TOOLS AND KITS<br />

C.1.<br />

GENERAL<br />

This section summarizes the tools and tool kits used for B relay installation,<br />

maintenance, and troubleshooting. For installation materials refer to Section 7.<br />

C.2.<br />

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND TOOL KITS<br />

Table C–1 lists the tools required to perform the test and adjustment procedures on<br />

typical B relays; tools for special purpose relays are not listed. Figure C–1 includes<br />

many of the tools listed in Table C–1. Consult <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc. customer service if<br />

additional tools are required.<br />

Table C–2 lists the tools required to perform the test and adjustment procedures on<br />

typical B relays that are not available from <strong>Alstom</strong>.<br />

For relay specific items such as terminals, insulators, and tags, see the specific parts<br />

list.<br />

Table C–1. <strong>Alstom</strong> B Relay Tools<br />

Ref. Description <strong>Alstom</strong> Part<br />

Number<br />

1 AAR Ring Terminal Hand Crimp Tool, for AWG. 10-20 wire 24745-145-00<br />

2 AAR Wrench 15194-010-02<br />

3 Burnishing Tool, used to clean off B relay AgC contacts only 55411-003-00<br />

4 Extractor, for plugboard terminal 59688-000-00<br />

5 Gauge, Pronging, for checking alignment gap, use with:<br />

• Gauge, Indexer (for B1 <strong>Relays</strong>)<br />

• Gauge, Indexer (for B2 <strong>Relays</strong>)<br />

6 Gauge, Step, .033- .040- .140 -.118- .113, for setting bridge<br />

travel and makes/breaks for .125 inch front contact opening<br />

relays<br />

7 Gauge, Step, .033- .040- .120 -.098- .093, for setting bridge<br />

travel and makes/breaks for .125 inch front contact opening<br />

relays<br />

56260-014-01<br />

56260-008-01<br />

56260-010-01<br />

36183-064-00<br />

36183-065-00<br />

8 Hand Crimp Tool, B relay terminal, for AWG. 10-20 wire 24745-148-00<br />

Shop Test Rack (See Fig. C–2) 56573-002-01<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 C–1 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Tools and Kits<br />

Table C–1. <strong>Alstom</strong> B Relay Tools (Cont.)<br />

Ref. Description <strong>Alstom</strong> Part<br />

Number<br />

9 Spanner Nut Wrench for B Relay 3E Post 55393-003-01<br />

10<br />

A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

E<br />

F<br />

G<br />

H<br />

I<br />

Standard Tool Kit; contains the following minimum<br />

tools/gauges required to readjust <strong>Alstom</strong> type B1 and B2<br />

neutral and biased-neutral relays:<br />

• Gauge, Pressure, 50-6-50 grams, for checking pressures<br />

• Gauge, Pressure, 150-15-150 grams, for checking<br />

pressures<br />

• Gauge, Step, .026-.029-.073-.056-.053, for setting bridge<br />

travel and makes/breaks<br />

• Gauge, Step, .033-.040-.087-.065-.060, for setting bridge<br />

travel and makes/breaks<br />

• Tool, Alignment, for aligning contact springs so contacts<br />

meet square<br />

• Tool, Combination, to bend inside contact group<br />

pressure/stop plates and to align heel springs<br />

• Tool, to bend/align contact springs<br />

• Tool, to bend stop and pressure plates<br />

• Handle for stop and pressure plate bender<br />

59649-206-01<br />

(55412-000-00)<br />

(55412-004-00)<br />

(36183-062-00)<br />

(36183-063-00)<br />

(47951-021-00)<br />

(47951-058-00)<br />

(47951-024-00)<br />

(47951-025-00)<br />

(35718-003-00)<br />

11 Tool, for bending bridge extension 47951-023-00<br />

Vane Relay Test Unit (See Fig. C–3) 20182-111-01<br />

Most tools with <strong>Alstom</strong> part numbers are special order items. Check with <strong>Alstom</strong><br />

Signaling Inc. customer service for price and delivery information.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 C–2 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Tools and Kits<br />

1<br />

A<br />

B<br />

AAR CRIMP TOOL<br />

2<br />

AAR WRENCH<br />

GAUGE, PRESSURE,<br />

50-6-50 (GRAMS)<br />

GAUGE, PRESSURE,<br />

150-15-150 (GRAMS)<br />

3<br />

C<br />

BURNISHING TOOL<br />

4<br />

GAUGE, STEP, .026-.029-.073-.056-.053<br />

EXTRACTOR<br />

D<br />

5<br />

10<br />

E<br />

GAUGE, STEP, .033-.040-.087-.065-.060<br />

TOOL, ALIGNMENT<br />

F<br />

GAUGE, INDEXER<br />

GAUGE, PRONGING<br />

G<br />

TOOL, COMBINATION<br />

TOOL TO BEND / ALIGN CONTACT SPRINGS<br />

6<br />

GAUGE, STEP, .033- .040- .140 -.118- .113<br />

H<br />

I<br />

7<br />

GAUGE, STEP, 033- .040- .120 -.098- .093<br />

TOOL TO BEND STOP<br />

AND PRESSURE<br />

PLATES<br />

HANDLE FOR H<br />

8<br />

11<br />

HAND CRIMP TOOL, FOR AWG 10-20 WIRE<br />

TOOL, FOR BENDING BRIDGE EXTENSION<br />

9<br />

SPANNER NUT WRENCH<br />

Figure C–1. <strong>Alstom</strong> B Relay Tools<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 C–3 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Tools and Kits<br />

Table C–2. B Relay Tools Not Available From <strong>Alstom</strong><br />

Description<br />

Bond Paper (for cleaning carbon contacts)<br />

Gauge, Feeler .002 Through .035 (for setting air gap)<br />

Gauge, Feeler, Combination .002 and .004 (for checking air gap between armature and<br />

retaining plate)<br />

Glue, Pliobond 20, McMaster Carr (to glue top end of contact groups to base)<br />

Magnifier, Illuminated Magna- Lite Model 100 (5 Power) (to inspect relays)<br />

Multimeter/DMM Fluke 87 or equivalent<br />

Pin Gauge, .050 inch (for checking front contact openings)<br />

Pin Gauge, .090 inch (for checking front contact openings)<br />

Pin Gauge, .125 inch (for checking front contact openings)<br />

Screw Drivers, Standard (for tightening screws)<br />

Seal Press, 5 Inch Bulldog Seal Press (for applying seal to relay) order from American<br />

Casting, Inc. Also order custom dies for press to identify adjuster/property<br />

Solder, Rosin Core, 60% tin, 40% lead<br />

Soldering Iron, 120-volt, 50-watt<br />

Wire Cutter<br />

Wire Stripper<br />

Wrenches, Open End, 11/32 - 5/16 (for tightening armature air gap and bridge travel<br />

jam nuts)<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 C–4 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Tools and Kits<br />

C.3.<br />

SHOP TEST RACK<br />

The Shop Test Rack, P/N 56573-002-01, is used to test relays in the shop. When<br />

complete tests are necessary, the relay is taken out of service and tested by plugging it<br />

on the test rack, Figure C–2.<br />

G<br />

16 26 36<br />

15 25 35<br />

14 24 34<br />

13 23 33<br />

12 22 32<br />

11 21 31<br />

E<br />

46<br />

45<br />

44<br />

43<br />

42<br />

41<br />

F<br />

56<br />

66<br />

55 65<br />

54 64<br />

53 63<br />

52 62<br />

51 61<br />

6C<br />

6D<br />

D<br />

C<br />

1C<br />

1D<br />

6C<br />

6D<br />

C<br />

D<br />

A<br />

B<br />

X<br />

Figure C–2. Shop Test Rack<br />

This rack is designed for both B1 and B2 relays. One of the guide rods is removable.<br />

When testing B1 relays position the guide rod in location F. For testing B2 relays<br />

position it in location E. Meter leads should have alligator clips for clipping on to terminal<br />

posts G.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 C–5 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Tools and Kits<br />

C.4.<br />

VANE RELAY TEST UNIT<br />

Electrical tests for operating values on <strong>Type</strong> B2 two element vane relays are made with<br />

the test unit shown in Figure C–3 (P/N 20182-111-01). This test unit does not include<br />

the ammeters or volt meters required to read relays local and track operating values.<br />

VANE RELAY TEST UNIT<br />

ON<br />

POWER<br />

ON<br />

FUSE<br />

POWER<br />

LINE/<br />

TRACK<br />

ON<br />

LOCAL<br />

2 AMP<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

SHUNT<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

– + CURRENT – +<br />

COARSE<br />

FINE<br />

– + VOLTS – +<br />

– + COIL – +<br />

Figure C–3. Vane Relay Test Unit, Front Panel<br />

Unit dimensions are 10" high by 17" wide by 5" deep. Major board components are as<br />

follows:<br />

• Two non-inductive adjustable resistors<br />

• One 50-ohm fixed resistor<br />

• Fuse clips and 2-ampere fuse<br />

• Track element power switch<br />

• Short circuiting switches<br />

• Test jacks for meter hookup<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 C–6 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Tools and Kits<br />

The vane relay test unit's circuit, meter connections, and vane relay connections are<br />

shown in Figure C–4. The unit can be powered form a variable 120 VAC source or the<br />

user can add a tapped transformer to adjust the supply line to the current LOCAL<br />

winding voltage. The user provides the ammeters and voltmeters for measuring the<br />

vane relay's DROPAWAY, PICKUP, and WORKING currents and voltages. Two<br />

potentiometers and series resistance control the current and voltage to the controlled<br />

element of the vane relay under test. Potentiometer Rp is 250 ohms and potentiometer<br />

Rs is 100 ohms, both are non-inductive resistances. Rp is connected directly across the<br />

supply line and Rs is connected as a variable series resistance. Rp gives a coarse wide<br />

range adjustment, and Rs gives a fine adjustment, to be used near the DROPAWAY,<br />

PICKUP, and WORKING values of the relay.<br />

POWER<br />

FUSE<br />

2A<br />

LINE<br />

EARTH<br />

NEUTRAL<br />

12 11<br />

SW1<br />

TP1<br />

SW2<br />

12<br />

11<br />

LINE/TRACK<br />

POWER<br />

Rs<br />

FINE<br />

100 OHMS<br />

AC SUPPLY LINE<br />

SW-1<br />

POWER<br />

ON<br />

LINE/TRACK<br />

POWER<br />

Rp<br />

COURSE<br />

250 OHMS<br />

R1<br />

50 OHMS<br />

22<br />

21<br />

SHUNT<br />

12 11<br />

SW3<br />

SHUNT<br />

11 12<br />

SW4<br />

CURRENT<br />

VOLTS<br />

COIL<br />

2 ELEMENT VANE RELAY<br />

COIL<br />

VOLTS<br />

CURRENT<br />

– + + – – + + – – + + -<br />

AMMETER<br />

0-250 mA<br />

VOLTMETER<br />

0-150 VOLTS<br />

11<br />

14<br />

12<br />

13<br />

LOCAL<br />

R<br />

TRACK<br />

61<br />

64<br />

62<br />

63<br />

VOLTMETER<br />

0-150 VOLTS<br />

AMMETER<br />

0-2 AMPS<br />

LOCAL<br />

TRACK<br />

Figure C–4. Vane Relay Test Unit Circuit with Relay<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 C–7 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


Tools and Kits<br />

The vane relay picks when there is a current phase difference between the LOCAL<br />

winding and the TRACK winding. To pick the vane relay with the vane relay test unit the<br />

phase angle is induced. To create the current phase difference and cause the vane<br />

relay to pick, the test unit's LOCAL winding, powered off the supply line, has an inherent<br />

phase shift in that the current lags the voltage by 70 or 80 degrees depending on the<br />

relay type. Refer to the <strong>Alstom</strong> Engineering Data (ED) sheets for the vane relay to<br />

determine the relay's Inherent Phase Angle value, see listing in Appendix A. The test<br />

unit's TRACK winding voltage is reduced from the supply line by a very large series<br />

resistance relative to the impedance of the track winding, so it demonstrates almost no<br />

current/voltage phase shift. Since the current in the LOCAL winding lags the current in<br />

the TRACK winding, this provides the phase difference to pick the relay.<br />

Using this test unit allows the user to measure current/voltage values that closely match<br />

the operating values of the vane relay under service conditions.<br />

In testing some vane relays, a transformer may have to be inserted in the circuit. For<br />

example testing relays with 5 volt TRACK windings requires adding a Universal<br />

Transformer, P/N 31094-000-01 (Cat. A95-50) to step up the Track voltage. Refer to the<br />

vane relay's ED sheet for details. A list of ED sheets is provided in Appendix A.<br />

P1457, Rev. Nov/07 C–8 <strong>Alstom</strong> Signaling Inc.


FOR QUESTIONS AND INQUIRIES, CONTACT CUSTOMER SERVICE AT<br />

1-800-717-4477<br />

OR<br />

WWW.ALSTOMSIGNALINGSOLUTIONS.COM<br />

ALSTOM SIGNALING INC.<br />

1025 JOHN STREET<br />

WEST HENRIETTA, NY 14586

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!